PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for
audio/video applications
Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018 Data sheet: technical data
1 General description
The PF4210 high performance power management integrated circuit (PMIC) provides
a highly programmable/configurable architecture with fully integrated power devices
and minimal external components. With up to six buck converters, six linear regulators,
an RTC supply, and a coin cell charger, the PF4210 can provide power for a complete
system, including applications processors, memory, and system peripherals, in a wide
range of applications.
With on-chip one-time programmable (OTP) memory, the PF4210 is available in
preprogrammed standard version or nonprogrammed to support custom programming.
The PF4210 is defined to power low-cost audio/video applications using the i.MX 8M
family of applications processors.
2 Features and benefits
Four to six buck converters, depending on configuration
Single/dual phase/parallel options
DDR termination tracking mode option
Boost regulator to 5.0 V output
Six general purpose linear regulators
Programmable output voltage, sequence, and timing
OTP (one-time programmable) memory for device configuration
Coin cell charger and RTC supply
DDR termination reference voltage
Power control logic with processor interface and event detection
I2C control
Individually programmable on, off, and standby modes
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
2 / 137
3 Simplified application diagram
PMIC
PF4210
i.MX 8M
PROCESSOR
Camera
EXTERNAL
REGULATOR
0.9 V
EXTERNAL
REGULATOR
0.9 V
SW1AB
0.9 V, 2.5 A
EXTERNAL
REGULATOR
3.3 V, 8.0 A
SW1C
0.9 V, 2.0 A
SW4A
1.8 V, 1.0 A
SW3AB
1.0 V, 3.0 A
SW2
1.1 V, 2.5 A
VGEN4
1.8 V, 350 mA
VGEN3
1.8 V, 100 mA
VGEN2
0.9 V, 250 mA
VGEN5
3.3 V, 100 mA
VGEN1
1.5 V, 100 mA
VGEN6
2.8 V, 200 mA
VSNVS 1.0 V,
1.5 mA or 1.0 mA
L1 CACHE
L2 CACHE MEMORY
L2 CONTROLLER AND SCU
QUAD CORTEX-A53
CORTEX A53 PLATFORM
GPU
eFuse
aaa-026470
PLL
DRAM CONTROLLER
PCIe PHY
MIPI PHY
LOAD
SWITCH
VIN
SD2
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
LPDDR4
ENABLE
PMIC PAD
SNVS_LP
DISPLAYMIX
3.3 V GPIO PAO
1.8 V GPIO PAO
SOC (always ON)
VPU
DRAM PHY
XTAL
HDMI PHY
USB PHY1
USB PHY2
Figure 1. Simplified application diagram
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
3 / 137
4 Applications
OTT STB
Wireless audio
Voice recognition assistant
A/V receivers
Sound bars
General embedded
5 Orderable parts
The PF4210 is available with both preprogrammed and nonprogrammed OTP memory
configurations. The nonprogrammed device uses A0 as the programming code. The
preprogrammed devices are identified using the program codes from Table 1, which also
list the associated NXP reference designs where applicable.
Details of the OTP programming for each device can be found in Table 8.
Table 1. Orderable part variations
Part number[1] Temperature (TA) Package Programming[2] Reference designs
MC32PF4210A0ES A0
(Nonprogrammed)
N/A
MC32PF4210A1ES A1 MCIMX8M-EVK
MC32PF4210A2ES A2 N/A
MC32PF4210A3ES A3 N/A
MC32PF4210A4ES
0 °C to 85 °C (for
use in consumer
applications)
A4 N/A
MC34PF4210A0ES A0
(Nonprogrammed)
N/A
MC34PF4210A1ES A1 MCIMX8M-EVK
MC34PF4210A2ES A2 N/A
MC34PF4210A3ES A3 N/A
MC34PF4210A4ES
−40 °C to 105 °C
(for use in industrial
applications)
56 QFN 8x8 mm - 0.5 mm
pitch WF-type QFN (wettable
flank)
A4 N/A
[1] For tape and reel, add an R2 suffix to the part number.
[2] For programming details see Table 8. The available OTP options are not restricted to the listed reference designs. They can be used in any application
where the listed voltage and sequence details are acceptable.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
4 / 137
6 Internal block diagram
P
F
421
0
V
GE
N
2
2
5
0 m
V
GE
N
4
3
5
0 m
A
V
GE
N
3
1
0
0 m
A
V
GE
N
5
1
0
0 m
A
V
GE
N
1
1
0
0 m
A
V
GE
N
6
2
0
0 m
A
OTP
C
ON
T
R
O
L
DVS
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
CORE CONTROL
L
OG
I
C
SUPPLIES
CONTROL
DVS
CONTROL
T
R
I
M-
I
N
-
P
A
C
K
A
G
E
C
L
OC
K
S
AND RESETS
C
L
OC
K
S
3
2 k
H
z a
n
d
1
6
M
H
z
INITIAL
IZATION STATE
MACHINE
I
2
C
INTERFACE
I
2
C REGISTER
MAP
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
S
W
3
A
/
B
S
I
N
G
L
E
/
D
U
A
L
D
D
R
3
0
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
4
1
0
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
B
S
T
6
0
0
m
A
B
O
O
S
T
S
W
2
2
5
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
1
C
2
0
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
1
A
/
B
S
I
N
G
L
E
/
D
U
A
L
2
5
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
a
a
a
-
0
2
6
4
7
1
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
GE
N
E
R
A
T
I
ON
V
I
N
1
V
GE
N
1
V
I
N
2
V
GE
N
3
V
GE
N
4
V
GE
N
5
V
I
N
3
V
GE
N
6
V
D
D
OT
P
S
D
A
S
C
L
V
D
D
I
O
V
C
OR
E
D
I
G
V
C
O
R
E
R
E
F
V
C
OR
E
G
N
D
R
E
F
V
R
E
F
D
D
R
V
I
N
R
E
F
D
D
R
V
H
A
L
F
V
I
N
L
IC
E
L
L
V
GE
N
2
S
W
1
A
I
N
S
W
1
A
L
X
S
W
2
L
X
S
W
2
I
N
S
W
2
I
N
S
W
2
F
B
S
W
4
I
N
S
W
4
F
B
S
W
3
A
F
B
S
W
3
A
I
N
S
W
3
A
L
X
S
W
3
B
L
X
S
W
3
B
I
N
S
W
1
B
L
X
S
W
1
B
I
N
S
W
1
C
L
X
S
W
1
C
I
N
S
W
1
C
F
B
S
W
1
V
S
S
S
N
S
S
W
3
B
F
B
S
W
4
L
X
G
N
D
R
E
F
1
S
W
B
S
T
L
X
S
W
B
S
T
F
B
S
W
B
S
T
I
N
S
W
3
V
S
S
S
N
S
S
W
1
F
B
L
I
-
C
EL
L
C
H
A
R
GE
R
B
E
S
T
OF
S
U
P
P
L
Y
V
S
N
V
S
V
S
N
V
S
I
C
T
E
S
T
P
W
R
O
N
S
T
A
N
D
B
Y
R
E
S
E
T
B
M
C
U
S
D
W
N
B
I
N
T
B
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
Figure 2. Simplified internal block diagram
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
5 / 137
7 Pinning information
7.1 Pinning
INTB
SDWNB
RESETBMCU
STANDBY
ICTEST
SW1FB
SW1AIN
SW1ALX
SW1BLX
SW1BIN
SW1CLX
SW1CIN
SW1CFB
SW1VSSSNS
EP
Transparent top view
aaa-026472
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
42
41
40
39
38
37
36
35
34
33
32
31
29
30
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
15
16
LICELL
VGEN6
VIN3
SW3AFB
SW3AIN
SW3ALX
SW3BLX
SW3BIN
SW3BFB
SW3VSSSNS
VREFDDR
VINREFDDR
VHALF
VGEN5
VGEN4
VIN2
VGEN3
SW2IN
SW2IN
SW2LX
SW4LX
SW4IN
SW4FB
VGEN2
VIN1
VGEN1
GNDREF1
SW2FB
V
S
N
V
S
S
W
B
S
T
F
B
S
W
B
S
T
I
N
V
D
D
O
T
P
GN
D
R
E
F
V
C
O
R
E
V
I
N
V
C
O
R
E
D
I
G
V
C
O
R
E
R
E
F
S
D
A
S
C
L
V
D
D
I
O
P
W
R
O
N
S
W
B
S
T
LX
PF4210
Figure 3. Pinout diagram
7.2 Pin definitions
Table 2. Pin definitions
Number Name Function Max rating Type Definition
1 INTB Output 3.6 V Digital Open drain interrupt signal to processor
2 SDWNB Output 3.6 V Digital Open drain signal to indicate an imminent system
shutdown
3 RESETBMCU Output 3.6 V Digital Open drain reset output to processor. Alternatively can be
used as a power output.
4 STANDBY Input 3.6 V Digital Standby input signal from processor
5 ICTEST Input 7.5 V Digital/
Analog
Reserved pin. Connect to GND in application.
6 SW1FB [1] Input 3.6 V Analog Output voltage feedback for SW1A/B. Route this trace
separately from the high current path and terminate at the
output capacitance.
7 SW1AIN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SW1A regulator. Bypass with at least a 4.7 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
6 / 137
Number Name Function Max rating Type Definition
8 SW1ALX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 1A switch node connection
9 SW1BLX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 1B switch node connection
10 SW1BIN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SW1B regulator. Bypass with at least a 4.7 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
11 SW1CLX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 1C switch node connection
12 SW1CIN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SW1C regulator. Bypass with at least a 4.7 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
13 SW1CFB [1] Input 3.6 V Analog Output voltage feedback for SW1C. Route this trace
separately from the high current path and terminate at the
output capacitance.
14 SW1VSSSNS GND GND Ground reference for regulators SW1ABC. It is connected
externally to GNDREF through a board ground plane.
15 GNDREF1 GND GND Ground reference for regulators SW2 and SW4. It is
connected externally to GNDREF, via board ground
plane.
16 VGEN1 Output 2.5 V Analog VGEN1 regulator output. Bypass with a 2.2 µF ceramic
output capacitor.
17 VIN1 Input 3.6 V Analog VGEN1, 2 input supply. Bypass with a 1.0 µF decoupling
capacitor as close to the pin as possible.
18 VGEN2 Output 2.5 V Analog VGEN2 regulator output. Bypass with a 4.7 µF ceramic
output capacitor.
19 SW4FB [1] Input 3.6 V Analog Output voltage feedback for SW4. Route this trace
separately from the high current path and terminate at the
output capacitance.
20 SW4IN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SW4 regulator. Bypass with at least a 4.7 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
21 SW4LX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 4 switch node connection
22 SW2LX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 2 switch node connection
23 SW2IN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog
24 SW2IN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog
Input to SW2 regulator. Connect pin 23 together with pin
24 and bypass with at least a 4.7 µF ceramic capacitor
and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as close to these pins
as possible.
25 SW2FB [1] Input 3.6 V Analog Output voltage feedback for SW2. Route this trace
separately from the high current path and terminate at the
output capacitance.
26 VGEN3 Output 3.6 V Analog VGEN3 regulator output. Bypass with a 2.2 µF ceramic
output capacitor.
27 VIN2 Input 3.6 V Analog VGEN3, 4 input. Bypass with a 1.0 µF decoupling
capacitor as close to the pin as possible.
28 VGEN4 Output 3.6 V Analog VGEN4 regulator output. Bypass with a 4.7 µF ceramic
output capacitor.
29 VHALF Input 3.6 V Analog Half supply reference for VREFDDR
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
7 / 137
Number Name Function Max rating Type Definition
30 VINREFDDR Input 3.6 V Analog VREFDDR regulator input. Bypass with at least 1.0 µF
decoupling capacitor as close to the pin as possible.
31 VREFDDR Output 3.6 V Analog VREFDDR regulator output
32 SW3VSSSNS GND GND Ground reference for the SW3 regulator. Connect to
GNDREF externally via the board ground plane.
33 SW3BFB [1] Input 3.6 V Analog Output voltage feedback for SW3B. Route this trace
separately from the high current path and terminate at the
output capacitance.
34 SW3BIN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SW3B regulator. Bypass with at least a 4.7 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
35 SW3BLX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 3B switch node connection
36 SW3ALX [1] Output 4.8 V Analog Regulator 3A switch node connection
37 SW3AIN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SW3A regulator. Bypass with at least a 4.7 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
38 SW3AFB [1] Input 3.6 V Analog Output voltage feedback for SW3A. Route this trace
separately from the high current path and terminate at the
output capacitance.
39 VGEN5 Output 3.6 V Analog VGEN5 regulator output. Bypass with a 2.2 µF ceramic
output capacitor.
40 VIN3 Input 4.8 V Analog VGEN5, 6 input. Bypass with a 1.0 µF decoupling
capacitor as close to the pin as possible.
41 VGEN6 Output 3.6 V Analog VGEN6 regulator output. Bypass with a 2.2 µF ceramic
output capacitor.
42 LICELL Input/Out
put
3.6 V Analog Coin cell supply input/output
43 VSNVS Output 3.6 V Analog LDO or coin cell output to processor
44 SWBSTFB [1] Input 5.5 V Analog Boost regulator feedback. Connect this pin to the output
rail close to the load. Keep this trace away from other
noisy traces and planes.
45 SWBSTIN [1] Input 4.8 V Analog Input to SWBST regulator. Bypass with at least a 2.2 µF
ceramic capacitor and a 0.1 µF decoupling capacitor as
close to the pin as possible.
46 SWBSTLX [1] Output 7.5 V Analog SWBST switch node connection
47 VDDOTP Input 10 V [2] Digital/
Analog
Supply to program OTP fuses
48 GNDREF GND GND Ground reference for the main band gap regulator
49 VCORE Output 3.6 V Analog Analog core supply
50 VIN Input 4.8 V Analog Main chip supply
51 VCOREDIG Output 1.5 V Analog Digital core supply
52 VCOREREF Output 1.5 V Analog Main band gap reference
53 SDA Input/Out
put
3.6 V Digital I2C data line (open drain)
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
8 / 137
Number Name Function Max rating Type Definition
54 SCL Input 3.6 V Digital I2C clock
55 VDDIO Input 3.6 V Analog Supply for I2C bus. Bypass with 0.1 µF ceramic capacitor
56 PWRON Input 3.6 V Digital Power on/off from processor
EP GND GND Expose pad. Functions as ground return for buck
regulators. Tie this pad to the inner and external ground
planes through vias to allow effective thermal dissipation.
[1] Unused switching regulators should be connected as follow: Pins SWxLX and SWxFB should be unconnected and pin SWxIN should be connected to VIN
with a 0.1 µF bypass capacitor.
[2] 10 V maximum voltage rating during OTP fuse programming. 7.5 V maximum DC voltage rated otherwise.
8 General product characteristics
8.1 Absolute maximum ratings
Table 3. Absolute maximum ratings
All voltages are with respect to ground, unless otherwise noted. Exceeding these ratings may cause malfunction or
permanent damage to the device. For maximum voltage rating for each pin see Section 7.2 "Pin definitions".
Symbol Description Value Unit
Electrical ratings
VIN Main input supply voltage −0.3 to 4.8 V
VDDOTP OTP programming input supply voltage −0.3 to 10 V
VLICELL Coin cell voltage −0.3 to 3.6 V
VESD ESD ratings
Human body model
Charge device model
[1]
±2000
±500
V
[1] ESD testing is performed in accordance with the human body model (HBM) (CZAP = 100 pF, RZAP = 1500 Ω), and the charge device model (CDM), robotic
(CZAP = 4.0 pF).
8.2 Thermal characteristics
Table 4. Thermal ratings
Symbol Description (rating) Min Max Unit
Thermal ratings
TAAmbient operating temperature range
MC32PF4210
MC34PF4210
0
−40
85
105
°C
TJOperating junction temperature range [1] −40 125 °C
TST Storage temperature range −65 150 °C
TPPRT Peak package reflow temperature [2] [3] °C
QFN56 thermal resistance and package dissipation ratings
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
9 / 137
Symbol Description (rating) Min Max Unit
RΘJA Junction to ambient
Natural convection
Four layer board (2s2p)
Eight layer board (2s6p)
[4] [5] [6]
28
15
°C/W
RΘJMA Junction to ambient (@200 ft/min)
Four layer board (2s2p)
[4] [6]
22
°C/W
RΘJB Junction to board [7] 10 °C/W
RΘJCBOTTOM Junction to case bottom [8] 1.2 °C/W
ΨJT Junction to package top
Natural convection
[9]
2.0
°C/W
[1] Do not operate beyond 125 °C for extended period of time. Operation above 150 °C may cause permanent damage to the IC. See Table 5 for thermal
protection features.
[2] Pin soldering temperature limit is for 10 seconds maximum duration. Not designed for immersion soldering. Exceeding these limits may cause a
malfunction or permanent damage to the device.
[3] NXP’s Package Reflow capability meets Pb-free requirements for JEDEC standard J-STD-020C. For Peak Package Reflow Temperature and Moisture
Sensitivity Levels (MSL), go to www.nxp.com, search by part number (remove prefixes/suffixes) and enter the core ID to view all orderable parts
(MC33xxxD enter 33xxx), and review parametrics.
[4] Junction temperature is a function of die size, on-chip power dissipation, package thermal resistance, mounting site (board) temperature, ambient
temperature, air flow, power dissipation of other components on the board, and board thermal resistance.
[5] The board uses the JEDEC specifications for thermal testing (and simulation) JESD51-7 and JESD51-5.
[6] Per JEDEC JESD51-6 with the board horizontal
[7] Thermal resistance between the die and the printed-circuit board per JEDEC JESD51-8. Board temperature is measured on the top surface of the board
near the package.
[8] Thermal resistance between the die and the case top surface as measured by the cold plate method (MIL SPEC-883 Method 1012.1).
[9] Thermal characterization parameter indicating the temperature difference between the package top and the junction temperature per JEDEC JESD51-2.
When Greek letter (Ψ) is not available, the thermal characterization parameter is written as Psi-JT.
8.3 Power dissipation
During operation, the temperature of the die should not exceed the operating junction
temperature noted in Table 4. To optimize the thermal management and to avoid
overheating, the PF4210 provides thermal protection.
An internal comparator monitors the die temperature. Interrupts THERM110I,
THERM120I, THERM125I, and THERM130I are generated when the respective
thresholds specified in Table 5 are crossed in either direction. The temperature range
can be determined by reading the THERMxxxS bits in register INTSENSE0.
In the event of excessive power dissipation, thermal protection circuitry shuts down the
PF4210. This thermal protection acts above the thermal protection threshold listed in
Table 5. To avoid any unwanted power-down resulting from internal noise, the protection
is debounced for 8.0 ms. This protection should be considered as a fail-safe mechanism
and therefore the system should be configured so protection is not tripped under normal
conditions.
Table 5. Thermal protection thresholds
Parameter Min Typ Max Units
Thermal 110 °C threshold
(THERM110)
100 110 120 °C
Thermal 120 °C threshold
(THERM120)
110 120 130 °C
Thermal 125 °C threshold
(THERM125)
115 125 135 °C
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
10 / 137
Parameter Min Typ Max Units
Thermal 130 °C threshold
(THERM130)
120 130 140 °C
Thermal warning hysteresis 2.0 4.0 °C
Thermal protection threshold 130 140 150 °C
8.4 Electrical characteristics
8.4.1 General specifications
Table 6. General PMIC static characteristics
TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4),VIN = 2.8 to 4.5 V, VDDIO = 1.7 to 3.6 V, typical external component values and full load current
range, unless otherwise noted.
Pin name Parameter Load condition Min Max Unit
VIL 0 0.2 * VSNVS VPWRON
VIH 0.8 * VSNVS 3.6 V
VOL −2.0 mA 0.0 0.4 VRESETBMCU
VOH Open drain 0.7* VIN VIN V
VIL 0.0 0.2 * VDDIO VSCL
VIH 0.8 * VDDIO 3.6 V
VIL 0 0.2 * VDDIO V
VIH 0.8 * VDDIO 3.6 V
VOL −2.0 mA 0.0 0.4 V
SDA
VOH Open drain 0.7 * VDDIO VDDIO V
VOL −2.0 mA 0.0 0.4 VINTB
VOH Open drain 0.7 * VIN VIN V
VOL −2.0 mA 0.0 0.4 VSDWNB
VOH Open drain 0.7 * VIN VIN V
VIL 0 0.2 * VSNVS VSTANDBY
VIH 0.8 * VSNVS 3.6 V
VIL 0 0.3 VVDDOTP
VIH 1.1 1.7 V
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
11 / 137
8.4.2 Current consumption
Table 7. Current consumption summary
TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VDDIO = 1.7 V to 3.6 V, LICELL = 1.8 V to 3.3 V, VSNVS = 3.0 V, typical external
component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VDDIO = 3.3 V, LICELL =
3.0 V, VSNVS = 3.0 V and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Mode PF4210 conditions System conditions Typ Max Unit
Coin cell VSNVS from LICELL
All other blocks off
VIN = 0.0 V
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
No load on VSNVS [1] [2] 4.0 7.0 µA
Off VSNVS from VIN or LICELL
Wake-up from PWRON active
32 kHz RC on
All other blocks off
VIN ≥ UVDET
No load on VSNVS, PMIC
able to wake-up
[1] [3] 17 25 µA
Sleep VSNVS from VIN
Wake-up from PWRON active
Trimmed reference active
SW3A/B PFM
Trimmed 16 MHz RC off
32 kHz RC on
VREFDDR disabled
No load on VSNVS. DDR
memories in self refresh
[1] 122
122
220 [4]
250 [5] µA
Standby VSNVS from either VIN or LICELL
SW1A/B combined in PFM
SW1C in PFM
SW2 in PFM
SW3A/B combined in PFM
SW4 in PFM
SWBST off
Trimmed 16 MHz RC enabled
Trimmed reference active
VGEN1 to 6 enabled
VREFDDR enabled
No load on VSNVS.
Processor enabled in
lowpower mode. All rails
powered on except boost
(load = 0 mA)
[1] 297
297
450 [4]
550 [5] µA
[1] For PFM operation, headroom should be 300 mV or greater.
[2] Additional current may be drawn in the coin cell mode when RESETBMCU is pulled up to VSNVS due to an internal path from RESETBMCU to VIN. The
additional current is < 30 µA with a pullup resistor of 100 kΩ.
[3] When VIN is below the UVDET threshold, in the range of 1.8 V ≤ VIN < 2.65 V, the quiescent current increases by 50 µA, typically.
[4] From −40 °C to 85 °C
[5] From −40 °C to 105 °C
9 Detailed description
The PF4210 is the power management integrated circuit (PMIC) designed primarily for
use with NXP's i.MX 8M family of applications processors.
9.1 Features
This section summarizes the PF4210 features.
Input voltage range to PMIC: 2.8 V to 4.5 V
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
12 / 137
Buck regulators
Four to six channel configurable
SW1A/B/C, 4.5 A (single); 0.3 V to 1.875 V
SW1A/B, 2.5 A (single/dual); SW1C 2.0 A (independent); 0.3 V to 1.875 V
SW2, 2.5 A; 0.4 V to 3.3 V
SW3A/B, 3.0 A (single/dual); 0.4 V to 3.3 V
SW3A, 1.5 A (independent); SW3B, 1.5 A (independent); 0.4 V to 3.3 V
SW4, 1.0 A; 0.4 V to 3.3 V
SW4, VTT mode provide DDR termination at 50 % of SW3A
Dynamic voltage scaling
Modes: PWM, PFM, APS
Programmable output voltage
Programmable current limit
Programmable soft start
Programmable PWM switching frequency
Programmable OCP with fault interrupt
Boost regulator
SWBST, 5.0 V to 5.15 V, 0.6 A, OTG support
Modes: PFM and auto
OCP fault interrupt
LDOs
Six user-programmable LDOs
VGEN1, 0.80 V to 1.55 V, 100 mA
VGEN2, 0.80 V to 1.55 V, 250 mA
VGEN3, 1.8 V to 3.3 V, 100 mA
VGEN4, 1.8 V to 3.3 V, 350 mA
VGEN5, 1.8 V to 3.3 V, 100 mA
VGEN6, 1.8 V to 3.3 V, 200 mA
Soft start
LDO/switch supply
VSNVS (1.0/1.1/1.2/1.3/1.5/1.8/3.0 V), 1.5 mA (consumer version), 1.0 mA (industrial
version)
DDR memory reference voltage
VREFDDR, 0.6 V to 0.9 V, 10 mA
16 MHz internal master clock
OTP (one time programmable) memory for device configuration
User programmable start-up sequence and timing
Battery backed memory including coin cell charger
I2C interface
User programmable standby, sleep, and off modes
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
13 / 137
9.2 Functional block diagram
PF4210 functional internal block diagram
VGEN2
(0.8 V to 1.55 V, 250 mA)
VGEN4
(1.8 V to 3.3 V, 350 mA)
VGEN3
(1.8 V to 3.3 V, 100 mA)
VGEN5
(1.8 V to 3.3 V, 100 mA)
VGEN1
(0.8 V to 1.55 V, 100 mA)
VGEN6
(0.8 V to 1.55 V, 200 mA)
SW1A/B/C
(0.3 V to 1.875 V)
Configurable 4.5 A or
2.5 A + 2.0 A
SW2
(0.4 V to 3.3 V), 2.5 A
SW3A/B
(0.4 V to 3.3 V)
Configurable 3.0 A or
1.5 A + 1.5 A
SW4
(0.4 V to 3.3 V, 1.0 A)
Boost regulator
(5.0 V to 5.15 V, 600 mA)
USB OTG supply
Parallel MCU
interface Regulator control
Fault detection and protection
Current limit
Short circuit
Thermal
Sequence
and timing
Phasing and
frequency selection
Voltage
I2C communication and registers
Power generation
Linear regulators
Switching regulators
Bias and references
Internal core voltage reference
DDR voltage reference
OTP startup configuration
aaa-026473
Logic and control
Figure 4. Functional block diagram
9.3 Functional description
9.3.1 Power generation
The PF4210 PMIC features four buck regulators (up to six independent outputs), one
boost regulator, six general purpose LDOs, one switch/LDO combination and a DDR
voltage reference to supply voltage for the application processor and peripheral devices.
The number of independent buck regulator outputs can be configured from four to six,
thereby providing flexibility to operate with higher current capability, or to operate as
independent outputs for applications requiring more voltage rails with lower current
demands. SW1 and SW3 regulators can be configured as single/dual phase and/or
independent converters. One of the buck regulators, SW4, can also operate as a tracking
regulator when used for memory termination.
The buck regulators provide supply to processor cores and to other low voltage circuits
such as IO and memory. Dynamic voltage scaling is provided to allow controlled supply
rail adjustments for the processor cores and/or other circuitry.
Depending on the system power path configuration, the six general purpose LDO
regulators can be directly supplied from the main input supply or from the switching
regulators to power peripherals, such as audio, camera, bluetooth, and wireless LAN.
A specific VREFDDR voltage reference is included to provide an accurate reference
voltage for DDR memories operating with or without VTT termination. The VSNVS block
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
14 / 137
behaves as an LDO, or as a bypass switch to supply the SNVS/SRTC circuitry in the
i.MX processors; VSNVS may be powered from VIN, or from a coin cell.
9.3.2 Control logic
The PF4210 PMIC is fully programmable via the I2C interface. Additional communication
is provided by direct logic interfacing including interrupt and reset. Startup sequence
of the device is selected based on the initial OTP configuration explained in the
Section 10.1 "Startup", or by configuring the Try Before Buy feature to test different
power up sequences before choosing the final OTP configuration.
The PF4210 PMIC has interfaces for the power buttons and a dedicated signaling
interface with the processor. It also ensures supply of critical internal logic and other
circuits from the coin cell, in case of brief interruptions from the main battery. A charger
for the coin cell is included as well.
9.3.2.1 Interface signals
9.3.2.1.1 PWRON
PWRON is an input signal to the IC generating a turn on event. It can be configured to
detect a level, or an edge using the PWRON_CFG bit. See Section 10.4.2.1 "Turn on
events" for more details.
9.3.2.1.2 STANDBY
STANDBY is an input signal to the IC. When it is asserted, the part enters standby mode
and when deasserted, the part exits standby mode. STANDBY can be configured as
active high or active low using the STANDBYINV bit. See Section 10.4.1.3 "Standby
mode" for more details.
Note: When operating the PMIC at VIN ≤ 2.85 V and VSNVS is programmed for a 3.0 V
output, a coin cell must be present to provide VSNVS, or the PMIC does not reliably
enter and exit the standby mode.
9.3.2.1.3 RESETBMCU
RESETBMCU is an open drain, active low output configurable for two modes of
operation. In default mode, it is deasserted 2.0 ms to 4.0 ms after the last regulator if the
startup sequence is enabled (see Figure 5). In this mode, the signal can be used to bring
the processor out of reset, or as an indicator that all supplies have been enabled; it is
only asserted for a turn off event.
When configured for fault mode, RESETBMCU is deasserted after the startup sequence
is completed only if no faults occurred during startup. At anytime, if a fault occurs and
persists for 1.8 ms typically, RESETBMCU is asserted, LOW. The PF4210 is turned off if
the fault persists for more than 100 ms typically.
The PWRON signal restarts the part, though if the fault persists, the sequence described
above is repeated. To enter the fault mode, set bit OTP_PG_EN of register OTP PWRGD
EN to 1. This register, 0xE8, is located in Table 135 of the register map. To test the fault
mode, the bit may be set during TBB prototyping, or the mode may be permanently
chosen by programming OTP fuses.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
15 / 137
9.3.2.1.4 SDWNB
SDWNB is an open drain, active low output notifying the processor of an imminent PMIC
shut down. It is asserted low for one 32 kHz clock cycle before powering down and is
then deasserted in the OFF state.
9.3.2.1.5 INTB
INTB is an open drain, active low output. It is asserted when any fault occurs, provided
the fault interrupt is unmasked. INTB is deasserted after the fault interrupt is cleared by
software, which requires writing a 1 to the fault interrupt bit.
10 Functional block requirements and behaviors
10.1 Startup
The PF4210 can be configured to start up from either the internal OTP configuration,
or with a hard coded configuration built into the device. The internal hard coded
configuration is enabled by connecting the VDDOTP pin to VCOREDIG through a 100 kΩ
resistor. The OTP configuration is enabled by connecting VDDOTP to GND.
For NP (nonprogrammed) devices, selecting the OTP configuration causes the
PF4210 to not start up. However, the PF4210 can be controlled through the I2C port
for prototyping and programming. Once programmed, the NP device starts up with the
customer programmed configuration.
10.1.1 Device startup configuration
Table 8 shows the default configuration for all devices and the preprogrammed OTP
configurations.
Table 8. Startup configuration
Default
configuration
Preprogrammed OTP configurationRegisters
A0 A1 A2 A3 A4
Default I2C addr 0x08
VSNVS_VOLT 3.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V
SW1AB_VOLT 1.375 V 0.9 V 0.9 V 0.9 V 0.9 V
SW1AB_SEQ 1 4 4 4 3
SW1C_VOLT 1.375 V 0.9 V 0.9 V 0.9 V 0.9 V
SW1C_SEQ 1 4 4 4 4
SW2_VOLT 3.0 V 1.1 V 1.2 V 1.35 V 1.2 V
SW2_SEQ 2 6 6 6 6
SW3A_VOLT 1.5 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 0.9 V
SW3A_SEQ 3 4 4 4 4
SW3B_VOLT 1.5 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 1.0 V 0.9 V
SW3B_SEQ 3 4 4 4 4
SW4_VOLT 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
16 / 137
Default
configuration
Preprogrammed OTP configurationRegisters
A0 A1 A2 A3 A4
SW4_SEQ 3 6 6 6 6
SWBST_VOLT
SWBST_SEQ
VREFDDR_SEQ 3 6 6 6 6
VGEN1_VOLT 1.5 V 1.5 V 1.5 V
VGEN1_SEQ 31 31 31
VGEN2_VOLT 1.5 V 0.9 V 0.9 V 0.9 V 0.9 V
VGEN2_SEQ 2 7 7 7 8
VGEN3_VOLT 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V
VGEN3_SEQ 7 7 7
VGEN4_VOLT 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V 1.8 V
VGEN4_SEQ 3 5 5 5 5
VGEN5_VOLT 2.5 V 3.3 V 3.3 V 3.3 V
VGEN5_SEQ 3 7 7 7
VGEN6_VOLT 2.8 V 2.8 V 2.8 V 2.8 V
VGEN6_SEQ 3 31 31 31
PU CONFIG, SEQ_CLK_
SPEED
1.0 ms 2.0 ms 2.0 ms 2.0 ms 2.0 ms
PU CONFIG, SWDVS_
CLK
6.25 mV/μs 1.5625 mV/μs 1.5625 mV/μs 1.5625 mV/μs 1.5625 mV/μs
PU CONFIG, PWRON Level sensitive
SW1AB CONFIG SW1AB single phase, SW1C independent mode, 2.0 MHz
SW1C CONFIG 2.0 MHz
SW2 CONFIG 2.0 MHz
SW3A CONFIG SW3AB single phase mode, 2.0 MHz
SW3B CONFIG 2.0 MHz
SW4 CONFIG No VTT, 2.0 MHz
PG EN RESETBMCU in default mode
Notes:
Keep bit SW2ILIM = 0 for A1, A2, A3 and A4 for max. rated output load current.
Keep bit SW3xILIM = 0 for A1, A2, A3 and A4 for max. rated output load current.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
17 / 137
VIN
LICELL
PWRON
VSNVS*
SW1C
SW1A/B
VGEN2
SW2
SW4
SW3A/B
VGEN4
VREFDDR
VGEN6
VGEN5
*VSNVS starts from 1.0 V if LICELL is valid before VIN
aaa-026474
RESETBMCU
td1
UVDET
1.0 V
td3
td4
td4
td5tr4
tr3
tr3
tr3
tr2
tr1
td2
Figure 5. Default startup sequence A0
Table 9. Default startup sequence timing
Parameter Description Min Typ Max Unit
tD1 Turn-on delay of VSNVS [1] 5.0 ms
tR1 Rise time of VSNVS 3.0 ms
tD2 User determined delay 1.0 ms
tR2 Rise time of PWRON [2] ms
tD3 Turn-on delay of first regulator
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 00
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 01 [3]
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 10
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 11
2.0
2.5
4.0
7.0
ms
tR3 Rise time of regulators [4] 0.2 ms
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
18 / 137
Parameter Description Min Typ Max Unit
tD4 Delay between regulators
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 00
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 01
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 10
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] = 11
0.5
1.0
2.0
4.0
ms
tR4 Rise time of RESETBMCU 0.2 ms
tD5 Turn-on delay of RESETBMCU 2.0 ms
[1] Assume LICELL voltage is valid before VIN is applied. If LICELL is not valid before VIN is applied, then VSNVS turn on delay may extend to a maximum
of 24 ms.
[2] Depends on the external signal driving PWRON.
[3] Default configuration
[4] Rise time is a function of slew rate of regulators and nominal voltage selected.
10.1.2 One time programmability (OTP)
OTP allows the programming of startup configurations for a variety of applications.
Before permanently programming the IC by programming fuses, a configuration may be
prototyped by using the Try Before Buy (TBB) feature. An error correction code (ECC)
algorithm is available to correct a single bit error and to detect multiple bit errors when
fuses are programmed.
The parameters which can be configured by OTP are listed below.
General: I2C slave address, PWRON pin configuration, startup sequence and timing
Output voltage, dual/single phase or independent mode configuration, switching
frequency, and soft start ramp rate
Boost regulator and LDOs: output voltage
Note: When prototyping or programming fuses, ensure register settings are consistent
with the hardware configuration. This is important for the buck regulators, where the
quantity, size, and value of the inductors depend on the configuration (single/ dual phase
or independent mode) and the switching frequency. Additionally, if an LDO is powered by
a buck regulator, it is gated by the buck regulator in the startup sequence.
10.1.2.1 Startup sequence and timing
Each regulator has 5-bit allocated to program its startup time slot from a turn on event;
therefore, each can be placed from position one to thirty-one in the startup sequence.
The all zeros code indicates a regulator is not part of the startup sequence and remains
off (see Table 10). The delay between each position is equal; however, four delay options
are available (see Table 11). The startup sequence terminates at the last programmed
regulator.
Table 10. Startup sequence
SWxx_SEQ[4:0]/ VGENx_SEQ[4:0]/
VREFDDR_SEQ[4:0]
Sequence
00000 Off
00001 SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] * 1
00010 SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] * 2
* *
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
19 / 137
SWxx_SEQ[4:0]/ VGENx_SEQ[4:0]/
VREFDDR_SEQ[4:0]
Sequence
* *
* *
* *
11111 SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] * 31
Table 11. Startup sequence clock speed
SEQ_CLK_SPEED[1:0] Time (µs)
00 500
01 1000
10 2000
11 4000
10.1.2.2 PWRON pin configuration
The PWRON pin can be configured as either a level sensitive input (PWRON_CFG = 0),
or as an edge sensitive input (PWRON_CFG = 1). As a level sensitive input, an active
high signal turns on the part and an active low signal turns off the part, or puts it into
sleep mode.
As an edge sensitive input, such as when connected to a mechanical switch, a falling
edge turns on the part and if the switch is held low for greater than or equal to 4.0
seconds, the part turns off or enters sleep mode.
Table 12. PWRON configuration
PWRON_CFG Mode
0 PWRON pin HIGH = ON
PWRON pin LOW = OFF or sleep mode
1 PWRON pin pulled LOW momentarily = ON
PWRON pin LOW for 4.0 seconds = OFF or sleep mode
10.1.2.3 I2C address configuration
The I2C device address can be programmed from 0x08 to 0x0F. This allows flexibility to
change the I2C address to avoid bus conflicts.
Address bit, I2C_SLV_ADDR[3] in OTP_I2C_ADDR register is hard coded to 1 while the
lower three LSBs of the I2C address (I2C_SLV_ADDR[2:0]) are programmable as shown
in Table 13.
Table 13. I2C address configuration
I2C_SLV_ADDR[3] hard
coded
I2C_SLV_ADDR[2:0] I2C device address (Hex)
1 000 0x08
1 001 0x09
1 010 0x0A
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
20 / 137
I2C_SLV_ADDR[3] hard
coded
I2C_SLV_ADDR[2:0] I2C device address (Hex)
1 011 0x0B
1 100 0x0C
1 101 0x0D
1 110 0x0E
1 111 0x0F
10.1.2.4 Soft start ramp rate
The startup ramp rate or soft start ramp rate can be selected from the options shown in
Section 10.4.4.2.1 "Dynamic voltage scaling".
10.1.3 OTP prototyping
Before permanently programming fuses, it is possible to test the desired configuration
by using the Try Before Buy feature. With this feature, the configuration is loaded from
the OTP registers. These registers serve as temporary storage for the values to be
written to the fuses, for the values read from the fuses, or for the values read from the
default configuration. To avoid confusion, these registers are referred to as the TBBOTP
registers. The portion of the register map concerned with OTP is shown in Table 135 and
Table 136.
The contents of the TBBOTP registers are initialized to zero when a valid VIN is first
applied. The values loaded into the TBBOTP registers depend on the setting of the
VDDOTP pin and on the value of the TBB_POR and FUSE_POR_XOR bits (see
Table 14).
If VDDOTP = VCOREDIG (1.5 V), the values are loaded from the default configuration.
If VDDOTP = 0.0 V, TBB_POR = 0 and FUSE_POR_XOR = 1, the values are loaded
from the fuses. In the PF4210, FUSE_POR1, FUSE_POR2, and FUSE_POR3 are
XOR'ed into the FUSE_POR_XOR bit. The FUSE_POR_XOR has to be 1 for fuses to
be loaded. This can be achieved by setting any one or all of the FUSE_PORx bits. It is
required to set all of the FUSE_PORx bits to be able to load the fuses.
If VDDOTP = 0.0 V, TBB_POR = 0 and FUSE_POR_XOR = 0, the TBBOTP registers
remain initialized at zero.
The initial value of TBB_POR is always 0; only when VDDOTP = 0.0 V and TBB_POR
is set to 1 and the values from the TBBOTP registers maintained and not loaded from a
different source.
The contents of the TBBOTP registers are modified by I2C. To communicate with I2C,
VIN must be valid and VDDIO to which SDA and SCL are pulled up, must be powered
by a 1.7 V to 3.6 V supply. VIN or the coin cell voltage must be valid to maintain the
contents of the registers. To power on with the contents of the TBBOTP registers, the
following conditions must exist:
VIN is valid
VDDOTP = 0.0 V
TBB_POR = 1
Valid turn on event
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
21 / 137
10.1.4 Reading OTP fuses
As described in the previous section, the contents of the fuses are loaded to the TBBOTP
registers when the following conditions are met:
VIN is valid
VDDOTP = 0.0 V
TBB_POR = 0
FUSE_POR_XOR = 1
If ECC were enabled at the time the fuses were programmed, the error corrected values
can be loaded into the TBBOTP registers if desired. Once the fuses are loaded and a
turn on event occurs, the PMIC powers on with the configuration programmed in the
fuses.
10.1.5 Programming OTP fuses
The parameters which can be programmed are shown in the TBBOTP registers in
Table 135 of the register map. The PF4210 offers ECC, the control registers for which
functions are located in Table 136 of the register map.
There are ten banks of twenty-six fuses each that can be programmed. Programming the
fuses requires an 8.25 V, 100 mA supply powering the VDDOTP pin, bypassed with 10 to
20 µF of capacitance.
Table 14. Source of startup sequence
VDDOTP (V) TBB_POR FUSE_POR_XOR Startup sequence
0 0 0 None
0 0 1 OTP fuses
0 1 x TBBOTP registers
1.5 x x Default configuration
10.2 16 MHz and 32 kHz clocks
There are two clocks: a trimmed 16 MHz, RC oscillator, and an untrimmed 32 kHz, RC
oscillator. The 16 MHz oscillator is specified within −8.0/+8.0 %.
The 32 kHz untrimmed clock is only used in the following conditions:
VIN < UVDET
All regulators are in sleep mode
All regulators are in PFM switching mode
A 32 kHz clock, derived from the 16 MHz trimmed clock, is used when accurate timing is
needed under the following conditions:
During start up, VIN > UVDET
PWRON_CFG = 1, for power button debounce timing
In addition, when the 16 MHz is active in the ON mode, the debounce time in Table 25
are referenced to the 32 kHz derived from the 16 MHz clock. The exceptions are the
LOWVINI and PWRONI interrupts, which are referenced to the 32 kHz untrimmed clock.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
22 / 137
Table 15. 16 MHz clock specifications
TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 2.8 V to 4.5 V, LICELL = 1.8 V to 3.3 V and typical external
component values. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, LICELL = 3.0 V, and 25 °C,
unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameters Min Typ Max Units
VIN16MHz Operating voltage from VIN 2.8 4.5 V
f16MHZ 16 MHz clock frequency 14.7 16 17.2 MHz
f2MHZ 2.0 MHz clock frequency [1] 1.84 2.15 MHz
[1] 2.0 MHz clock is derived from the 16 MHz clock.
10.2.1 Clock adjustment
The 16 MHz clock and hence the switching frequency of the regulators, can be adjusted
to improve the noise integrity of the system. By changing the factory trim values of the
16 MHz clock, the user may add an offset as small as ±3.0 % of the nominal frequency.
Contact your NXP representative for detailed information on this feature.
10.3 Bias and references block description
10.3.1 Internal core voltage references
All regulators use the main band gap as the reference. The main band gap is bypassed
with a capacitor at VCOREREF. The band gap and the rest of the core circuitry are
supplied from VCORE.
The performance of the regulator is directly dependent on the performance of the band
gap. No external DC loading is allowed on VCORE, VCOREDIG, or VCOREREF.
VCOREDIG is powered as long as there is a valid supply and/or valid coin cell. Table 16
shows the main characteristics of the core circuitry.
Table 16. Core voltages electrical specifications
TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4),VIN = 2.8 V to 4.5 V, LICELL = 1.8 V to 3.3 V, and typical external component values. Typical
values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, LICELL = 3.0 V, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.[1]
Symbol Parameters Min Typ Max Units
VCOREDIG (digital core supply)
VCOREDIG Output voltage
ON mode
Coin cell mode and OFF
[2]
1.5
1.3
V
VCORE (analog core supply)
VCORE Output voltage
ON mode and charging
OFF and coin cell mode
2.775
0.0
V
VCOREREF (band gap / regulator reference)
VCOREREF Output voltage 1.2 V
VCOREREFACC Absolute accuracy 0.5 %
VCOREREFTACC Temperature drift 0.25 %
[1] For information only
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
23 / 137
[2] 3.0 V < VIN < 4.5 V, no external loading on VCOREDIG, VCORE, or VCOREREF. Extended operation down to UVDET, but no system malfunction.
10.3.1.1 External components
Table 17. External components for core voltage
Regulator Capacitor value (µF)
VCOREDIG 1.0
VCORE 1.0
VCOREREF 0.22
10.3.2 VREFDDR voltage reference
VREFDDR is an internal PMOS half supply voltage follower capable of supplying up
to 10 mA. The output voltage is at one half the input voltage. It is typically used as the
reference voltage for DDR memories.
A filtered resistor divider is utilized to create a low frequency pole. This divider then
utilizes a voltage follower to drive the load.
Discharge
VINREFDDR
VINREFDDR
VREFDDR
VHALF
VREFDDR
CREFDDR
aaa-026475
1.0 F
CHALF1
100 nF
CHALF2
100 nF
Figure 6. VREFDDR block diagram
10.3.2.1 VREFDDR control register
The VREFDDR voltage reference is controlled by a single bit in VREFDDCRTL register
in Table 18.
Table 18. Register VREFDDCRTL – ADDR 0x6A
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
UNUSED 3:0 0x00 unused
VREFDDREN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VREFDDR output voltage
0 = VREFDDR disabled
1 = VREFDDR enabled
UNUSED 7:5 0x00 unused
10.3.2.1.1 External components
Table 19. VREFDDR external components
Capacitor [1] Capacitance (µF)
VINREFDDR to VHALF [2] 0.1
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
24 / 137
Capacitor [1] Capacitance (µF)
VHALF to GND 0.1
VREFDDR 1.0
[1] Use X5R or X7R capacitors.
[2] VINREFDDR to GND, 1.0 µF minimum capacitance is provided by buck regulator output.
10.3.2.1.2 VREFDDR specifications
Table 20. VREFDDR electrical characteristics
TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, IREFDDR = 0.0 mA, VINREFDDR = 1.5 V and typical external component values, unless
otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, IREFDDR = 0.0 mA, VINREFDDR = 1.5 V, and 25 °C, unless
otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VREFDDR
VINREFDDR Operating input voltage range 1.1 1.8 V
IREFDDR Operating load current range 0.0 10 mA
IREFDDRLIM Current limit
IREFDDR when VREFDDR is forced to
VINREFDDR/4
10.5
15
25
mA
IREFDDRQ Quiescent current [1] 8.0 µA
Active mode – DC
VREFDDR Output voltage
1.2 V < VINREFDDR < 1.8 V
0.0 mA < IREFDDR < 10 mA
1.1 V ≤ VINREFDDR ≤ 1.2 V
0.0 mA < IREFDDR ≤ 1.0 mA
VINREFDDR/2
VINREFDDR/2
V
VREFDDRTOL Output voltage tolerance (TA = 0 °C to 85 °C)
1.2 V < VINREFDDR < 1.8 V
0.6 mA ≤ IREFDDR ≤ 10 mA
1.1 V ≤ VINREFDDR ≤ 1.2 V
0.0 mA < IREFDDR ≤ 1.0 mA
−1.0
−1.0
1.0
1.0
%
VREFDDRTOL Output voltage tolerance (TA = −40 °C to 105 °C),
applicable to the industrial version
1.2 V < VINREFDDR < 1.8 V
0.6 mA ≤ IREFDDR ≤ 10 mA
1.1 V ≤ VINREFDDR ≤ 1.2 V
0.0 mA < IREFDDR ≤ 1.0 mA
–1.2
–1.2
1.2
1.2
%
VREFDDRLOR Load regulation
1.0 mA < IREFDDR < 10 mA
1.2 V < VINREFDDR < 1.8 V
0.1 mA < IREFDDR < 1.0 mA
1.1 V ≤ VINREFDDR ≤ 1.2 V
0.40
1.15
mV/mA
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
25 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
Active mode – AC
tONREFDDR Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
VINREFDDR = 1.1 V, 1.2 V, 1.8 V
IREFDDR = 0.0 mA
100
µs
tOFFREFDDR Turn off time
Disable to 10 % of initial value
VINREFDDR = 1.1 V, 1.2 V, 1.8 V
IREFDDR = 0.0 mA
10
ms
VREFDDROSH Startup overshoot
VINREFDDR = 1.1 V, 1.2 V, 1.8 V
IREFDDR = 0.0 mA
1.0
6.0
%
VREFDDRTLR Transient load response
VINREFDDR = 1.1 V, 1.2 V, 1.8 V
5.0
mV
[1] When VREFDDR is off there is a quiescent current of 1.5 µA typical.
10.4 Power generation
10.4.1 Modes of operation
The operation of the PF4210 can be reduced to five states or modes: on, off, sleep,
standby, and coin cell.
Figure 7 shows the state diagram of the PF4210, along with the conditions to enter and
exit from each state.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
26 / 137
PWRON = 1 and
VIN > UVDET
(PWRON_CFG = 0)
or
PWRON = 0 < 4.0 sec
and VIN > UVDET
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
PWRON = 0
all SWxOMODE bits = 0
(PWRON_CFG = 0)
or
PWRON = 0 held 4.0 sec
all SWxOMODE bits = 0
and PWRONRSTEN = 1
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
STANDBY
SLEEP
OFF
ON
COIN CELL
aaa-026475
VIN < UVDET
VIN < UVDET
VIN < UVDET
VIN < UVDET
VIN > UVDET
STANDBY asserted
STANDBY de-asserted
PWRON = 0
any SWxOMODE bits = 1
and (PWRON_CFG = 0)
or
PWRON = 0 held 4.0 sec
any SWxOMODE bits = 1
and PWRONRSTEN = 1
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
PWRON = 0
any SWxOMODE bits = 1
(PWRON_CFG = 0)
or
PWRON = 0 held 4.0 sec
any SWxOMODE bits = 1
and PWRONRSTEN = 1
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
PWRON = 0 held 4.0 sec
any SWxOMODE bits = 1
and PWRONRSTEN = 1
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
Thermal shutdown
Thermal shutdown
Thermal shutdown
PWRON = 1 and
VIN > UVDET
(PWRON_CFG = 0)
or
PWRON = 0 < 4.0 sec
and VIN > UVDET
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
PWRON = 0
all SWxOMODE bits = 0
(PWRON_CFG = 0)
or
PWRON = 0 held 4.0 sec
all SWxOMODE bits = 0
and PWRONRSTEN = 1
(PWRON_CFG = 1)
Figure 7. State diagram
To complement the state diagram in Figure 7, a description of the states is provided in
following sections. Note that VIN must exceed the rising UVDET threshold to allow a
power up.
See Table 26 for the UVDET thresholds. Additionally, I2C control is not possible in the
coin cell mode and the interrupt signal, INTB, is only active in sleep, standby, and on
states.
10.4.1.1 On mode
The PF4210 enters the on mode after a turn on event. RESETBMCU is deasserted high
in this mode of operation.
10.4.1.2 Off mode
The PF4210 enters the off mode after a turn off event. A thermal shutdown event also
forces the PF4210 into the off mode.
Only VCOREDIG and VSNVS are powered in this mode of operation. To exit the off
mode, a valid turn on event is required. RESETBMCU is asserted low in this mode.
10.4.1.3 Standby mode
Depending on STANDBY pin configuration, standby is entered when the STANDBY pin
is asserted. This is typically used for low-power mode of operation.
When STANDBY is deasserted, standby mode is exited.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
27 / 137
A product may be designed to go into a low-power mode after periods of inactivity. The
STANDBY pin is provided for board level control of going in and out of such Deep Sleep
Modes (DSM).
When a product is in DSM, it may be able to reduce the overall platform current by
lowering the regulator output voltage, changing the operating mode of the regulators
or disabling some regulators. The configuration of the regulators in standby is
preprogrammed through the I2C interface.
Note that the STANDBY pin is programmable for active high or active low polarity, and
decoding of a standby event takes into account the programmed input polarity as shown
in Table 21. When the PF4210 is powered up first, regulator settings for the standby
mode are mirrored from the regulator settings for the on mode. To change the STANDBY
pin polarity to active low, set the STANDBYINV bit via software first, and then change the
regulator settings for standby mode as required. For simplicity, STANDBY generally is
referred to as active high throughout this document.
Table 21. Standby pin and polarity control
STANDBY (pin) [1] STANDBYINV (I2C bit) [2] STANDBY control [3]
000
011
101
110
[1] The state of the STANDBY pin only has influence in on mode.
[2] Bit 6 in power control register (ADDR – 0x1B)
[3] STANDBY = 0: system is not in standby, STANDBY = 1: system is in standby
Since STANDBY pin activity is driven asynchronously to the system, a finite time
is required for the internal logic to qualify and respond to the pin level changes. A
programmable delay is provided to hold off the system response to a standby event. This
allows the processor and peripherals some time after a standby instruction has been
received to terminate processes to facilitate seamless entering into standby mode.
When enabled (STBYDLY = 01, 10, or 11) per Table 22, STBYDLY delays the standby
initiated response for the entire IC, until the STBYDLY counter expires.
An allowance should be made for three additional 32 kHz cycles required to synchronize
the standby event.
Table 22. STANDBY delay – initiated response
STBYDLY[1:0] [1] Function
00 No delay
01 One 32 kHz period (default)
10 Two 32 kHz periods
11 Three 32 kHz periods
[1] Bits [5:4] in power control register (ADDR – 0x1B)
10.4.1.4 Sleep mode
Depending on PWRON pin configuration, sleep mode is entered when PWRON is
deasserted and SWxOMODE bit is set.
To exit sleep mode, assert the PWRON pin.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
28 / 137
In the sleep mode, the regulator uses the set point as programmed by SW1xOFF[5:0] for
SW1A/B/C and by SWxOFF[6:0] for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4. The activated regulators
maintain settings for this mode and voltage until the next turn on event. Table 23 shows
the control bits in sleep mode. During sleep mode, interrupts are active and the INTB pin
reports any unmasked fault event.
Table 23. Regulator mode control
SWxOMODE Off operational mode (sleep) [1]
0 Off
1 PFM
[1] For sleep mode, an activated switching regulator should use the off mode set point as programmed by SW1xOFF[5:0] for
SW1A/B/C and SWxOFF[6:0] for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4.
10.4.1.5 Coin cell mode
In the coin cell state, the coin cell is the only valid power source (VIN = 0.0 V) to the
PMIC. No turn on event is accepted in the coin cell state. Transition to the off state
requires VIN surpasses UVDET threshold. RESETBMCU is held low in this mode.
If the coin cell is depleted, a complete system reset occurs. At the next application of
power and the detection of a turn on event, the system is re-initialized with all I2C bits
including those reset on COINPORB, which are restored to their default states.
10.4.2 State machine flow summary
Table 24 provides a summary matrix of the PF4210 flow diagram to show the conditions
needed to transition from one state to another.
Table 24. State machine flow summary
Next stateSTATE
OFF Coin cell Sleep Standby ON
OFF X VIN < UVDET X X PWRON_CFG = 0
PWRON = 1 & VIN >
UVDET
or
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 < 4.0 s
& VIN > UNDET
Coin cell VIN > UVDET X X X X
Thermal shutdown
Initial
state
Sleep
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 ≥ 4.0 s
Any SWxOMODE = 1
&
PWRONRSTEN = 1
VIN < UVDET X X PWRON_CFG = 0
PWRON = 1 & VIN >
UVDET
or
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 < 4.0 s &
VIN > UNDET
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
29 / 137
Next stateSTATE
OFF Coin cell Sleep Standby ON
Thermal shutdownStandby
PWRON_CFG = 0
PWRON = 0
All SWxOMODE = 0
or
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 ≥ 4.0 s
All SWxOMODE = 0 &
PWRONRSTEN = 1
VIN < UVDET PWRON_CFG = 0
PWRON = 0
Any SWxOMODE = 1
or
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 ≥ 4.0 s
Any SWxOMODE = 1
&
PWRONRSTEN = 1
X Standby deasserted
Thermal shutdownON
PWRON_CFG = 0
PWRON = 0
All SWxOMODE = 0
or
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 ≥ 4.0 s
All SWxOMODE = 0 &
PWRONRSTEN = 1
VIN < UVDET PWRON_CFG = 0
PWRON = 0
Any SWxOMODE = 1
or
PWRON_CFG = 1
PWRON = 0 ≥ 4.0 s
Any SWxOMODE = 1
&
PWRONRSTEN = 1
Standby
asserted
X
10.4.2.1 Turn on events
From off and sleep modes, the PMIC is powered on by a turn on event. The type of
turn on event depends on the configuration of PWRON. PWRON may be configured as
an active high when PWRON_CFG = 0, or as the input of a mechanical switch when
PWRON_CFG = 1. VIN must be greater than UVDET for the PMIC to turn on.
When PWRON is configured as an active high and PWRON is high (pulled up to VSNVS)
before VIN is valid, a VIN transition from 0.0 V to a voltage greater than UVDET is also a
turn on event. See Figure 7 and the Table 24 for more details. Any regulator enabled in
the sleep mode remains enabled when transitioning from sleep to on, the regulator does
not turn off and then on again to match the startup sequence. Detailed description of the
PWRON configurations are as follows:
If PWRON_CFG = 0, the PWRON signal is high and VIN > UVDET, the PMIC turns on;
the interrupt and sense bits, PWRONI and PWRONS respectively are set
If PWRON_CFG = 1, VIN > UVDET and PWRON transitions from high to low, the PMIC
turns on; the interrupt and sense bits, PWRONI and PWRONS respectively are set
The sense bit shows the real time status of the PWRON pin. In this configuration,
the PWRON input can be a mechanical switch debounced through a programmable
debouncer, PWRONDBNC[1:0], to avoid a response to a very short (unintentional) key
press. The interrupt is generated for both the falling and the rising edge of the PWRON
pin. By default, a 30 ms interrupt debounce is applied to both falling and rising edges.
The falling edge debounce timing can be extended with PWRONDBNC[1:0] as defined in
Table 25. The interrupt is cleared by software, or when cycling through the off mode.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
30 / 137
Table 25. PWRON hardware debounce bit settings
Bits State [1] Turn on
debounce (ms)
Falling edge INT
debounce (ms)
Rising edge INT
debounce (ms)
00 0.0 31.25 31.25
01 31.25 31.25 31.25
10 125 125 31.25
PWRONDBNC[1:0]
11 750 750 31.25
[1] The sense bit, PWRONS is not debounced and follows the state of the PWRON pin.
10.4.2.2 Turn off events
10.4.2.2.1 PWRON pin
The PWRON pin is used to power off the PF4210. The PWRON pin can be configured
with OTP to power off the PMIC under the following two conditions:
1. PWRON_CFG bit = 0, SWxOMODE bit = 0 and PWRON pin is low
2. PWRON_CFG bit = 1, SWxOMODE bit = 0, PWRONRSTEN = 1 and PWRON is held
low for longer than 4.0 seconds. Alternatively, the system can be configured to restart
automatically by setting the RESTARTEN bit.
10.4.2.2.2 Thermal protection
If the die temperature surpasses a given threshold, the thermal protection circuit powers
off the PMIC to avoid damage. A turn on event does not power on the PMIC while it is in
thermal protection.
The part remains in off mode until the die temperature decreases below a given
threshold. There are no specific interrupts related to this other than the warning interrupt.
See Section 8.3 "Power dissipation" for more information.
10.4.2.2.3 Undervoltage detection
When the voltage at VIN drops below the undervoltage falling threshold UVDET, the
state machine transitions to the coin cell mode.
10.4.3 Power tree
The PF4210 PMIC features up to six buck regulators, one boost regulator, six general
purpose LDOs, one switch/LDO combination, and a DDR voltage reference to supply
voltages for the application processor and peripheral devices. The buck regulators as
well as the boost regulator are supplied directly from the main input supply (VIN). The
inputs to all of the buck regulators must be tied to VIN, whether they are powered on or
off.
The six general use LDO regulators are directly supplied from the main input supply
or from the switching regulators depending on the application requirements. Since
VREFDDR is intended to provide DDR memory reference voltage, it is supplied by any
rail supplying voltage to DDR memories; the typical application recommends the use
of SW3 as the input supply for VREFDDR. VSNVS is supplied by either the main input
supply or the coin cell. See Table 26 for a summary of all power supplies provided by the
PF4210.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
31 / 137
Table 26. Power tree summary
Supply Output voltage (V) Step size (mV) Maximum load current
(mA)
SW1A/B 0.3 to 1.875 25 2500
SW1C 0.3 to 1.875 25 2000
SW2 0.4 to 3.3 25/50 2500
SW3A/B 0.4 to 3.3 25/50 1500 [1]
SW4 0.5*SW3A_OUT, 0.4 to 3.3 25/50 1000
SWBST 5.00/5.05/5.10/5.15 50 600
VGEN1 0.80 to 1.55 50 100
VGEN2 0.80 to 1.55 50 250
VGEN3 1.8 to 3.3 100 100
VGEN4 1.8 to 3.3 100 350
VGEN5 1.8 to 3.3 100 100
VGEN6 1.8 to 3.3 50 200
VSNVS 1.0 to 3.0 NA 1.5 (consumer version)
1.0 (industrial version)
VREFDDR 0.5*SW3A_OUT NA 10
[1] Current rating per independent phase, when SW3A/B is set in single or dual phase, current capability is up to 3000 mA.
Figure 8 shows a simplified power map with various recommended options to supply the
different block within the PF4210, as well as the typical application voltage domain on the
i.MX processor. Note that each application power tree is dependent upon the system's
voltage and current requirements, therefore a proper input voltage should be selected for
the regulators.
The minimum operating voltage for the main VIN supply is 2.8 V, for lower voltage proper
operation is not guaranteed. However at initial power up, the input voltage must surpass
the rising UVDET threshold before proper operation is guaranteed. Table 27 summarizes
the UVDET thresholds.
Table 27. UVDET threshold
UVDET threshold VIN
Rising 3.1 V
Falling 2.65 V
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
32 / 137
i.MX 8M
PROCESSOR
EXTERNAL
REGULATOR
0.9 V
EXTERNAL
REGULATOR
0.9 V
EXTERNAL
REGULATOR
3.3 V, 8.0 A
L1 CACHE
L2 CACHE MEMORY
L2 CONTROLLER AND SCU
QUAD CORTEX-A53
CORTEX A53 PLATFORM
LOAD
SWITCH
ENABLE
DRAM CONTROLLER
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
PMIC
PF4210
CAMERA
SW1AB
0.9 V, 2.5 A
SW1C
0.9 V, 2.0 A
SW4A
1.8 V, 1.0 A
SW3AB
1.0 V, 3.0 A
SW2
1.1 V, 2.5 A
VGEN4
1.8 V, 350 mA
VGEN3
1.8 V, 100 mA
VGEN2
0.9 V, 250 mA
VGEN5
3.3 V, 100 mA
VGEN1
1.5 V, 100 mA
VGEN6
2.8 V, 200 mA
VSNVS 1.0 V,
1.5 mA or 1.0 mA
GPU
eFuse
aaa-026477
PLL
PCIe PHY
MIPI PHY
VIN
SD2
LPDDR4
VDD_ARM (0.9 V/1.0 V @ 4.0 A)
VDD_SNVS
NVCC_SNVS
VDD_GPU (0.9 V/1.0 V @ 2.0 A)
VDD_VPU (0.9 V/1.0 V @ 1.0 A)
VDD_SOC (0.9 V @ 3.6 A)
VDDA_1P8 (1.8 V @ 250 mA)
NVCC_XXX (3.3 V @ 150 mA)
NVCC_XXX (1.8 V @ 100 mA)
NVCC_DRAM (1.1 V/1.2 V/1.35 V @ 700 mA)
EFUSE_VQPS
PMIC PAD
SNVS_LP
DISPLAYMIX
3.3 V GPIO PAO
1.8 V GPIO PAO
SOC (always ON)
VPU
DRAM PHY
XTAL
HDMI PHY
USB PHY1
USB PHY2
VDD_DRAM (1.0 V @ 3.0 A)
VDDA_DRAM (1.8 V @ 50 mA)
1.8 V @ 50 mA PCIE_VPH
MIPI_VDDHA
MIPI_VDDA
PCIE_VP
PCIE_VPTX
HDMI_AVDDIO
HDMI_AVDDCLK
HDMI_AVDDCORE
USB_P1_VDD33
USB_P1_VPH
USB_P1_DVDD
USB_P1_VP
USB_P1_VPTX
USB_P2_VDD33
USB_P2_VPH
USB_P2_DVDD
USB_P2_VP
USB_P2_VPTX
0.9 V @ 250 mA
3.3 V @ 100 mA
Figure 8. PF4210 typical power map
10.4.4 Buck regulators
Each buck regulator is capable of operating in PFM, APS, and PWM switching modes.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
33 / 137
10.4.4.1 Current limit
Each buck regulator has a programmable current limit. In an overcurrent condition,
the current is limited cycle-by-cycle. If the current limit condition persists for more than
8.0 ms, a fault interrupt is generated.
10.4.4.2 General control
To improve system efficiency the buck regulators can operate in different switching
modes. Changing between switching modes can occur by any of the following means:
I2C programming, exiting/entering the standby mode, exiting/entering sleep mode, and
load current variation.
Available switching modes for buck regulators are presented in Table 28.
Table 28. Switching mode description
Mode Description
OFF The regulator is switched off and the output voltage is discharged.
PFM In this mode, the regulator is always in PFM mode, which is useful at light loads for
optimized efficiency.
PWM In this mode, the regulator is always in PWM mode operation regardless of load
conditions.
APS In this mode, the regulator moves automatically between pulse skipping mode and
PWM mode depending on load conditions.
During soft start of the buck regulators, the controller transitions through the PFM, APS,
and PWM switching modes. 3.0 ms (typical) after the output voltage reaches regulation,
the controller transitions to the selected switching mode. Depending on the particular
switching mode selected, additional ripple is observed on the output voltage rail as the
controller transitions between switching modes.
Table 29 summarizes the buck regulator programmability for normal and standby modes.
Table 29. Regulator mode control
SWxMODE[3:0] Normal mode Standby mode
0000 Off Off
0001 PWM Off
0010 Reserved Reserved
0011 PFM Off
0100 APS Off
0101 PWM PWM
0110 PWM APS
0111 Reserved Reserved
1000 (by default) APS APS
1001 Reserved Reserved
1010 Reserved Reserved
1011 Reserved Reserved
1100 APS PFM
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
34 / 137
SWxMODE[3:0] Normal mode Standby mode
1101 PWM PFM
1110 Reserved Reserved
1111 Reserved Reserved
Transitioning between normal and standby modes can affect a change in switching
modes as well as output voltage. The rate of the output voltage change is controlled by
the dynamic voltage scaling (DVS), explained in Section 10.4.4.2.1 "Dynamic voltage
scaling". For each regulator, the output voltage options are the same for normal and
standby modes.
When in standby mode, the regulator outputs the voltage programmed in its standby
voltage register and operates in the mode selected by the SWxMODE[3:0] bits. Upon
exiting standby mode, the regulator returns to its normal switching mode and its output
voltage programmed in its voltage register.
Any regulators whose SWxOMODE bit is set to 1 enters sleep mode if a PWRON turn
off event occurs, and any regulator whose SWxOMODE bit is set to 0 turns off. In sleep
mode, the regulator outputs the voltage programmed in its off (sleep) voltage register
and operates in the PFM mode. The regulator exits the sleep mode when a turn on event
occurs. Any regulator whose SWxOMODE bit is set to 1 remains on and change to its
normal configuration settings when exiting the sleep state to the on state. Any regulator
whose SWxOMODE bit is set to 0 is powered up with the same delay in the start up
sequence as when powering on from off. At this point, the regulator returns to its default
on state output voltage and switch mode settings.
Table 23 shows the control bits in sleep mode. When sleep mode is activated by the
SWxOMODE bit, the regulator uses the set point as programmed by SW1xOFF[5:0] for
SW1A/B/C and by SWxOFF[6:0] for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4.
10.4.4.2.1 Dynamic voltage scaling
To reduce overall power consumption, processor core voltage can be varied depending
on the mode or activity level of the processor.
1. Normal operation: The output voltage is selected by I2C bits SW1x[5:0] for SW1A/B/
C and SWx[6:0] for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4. A voltage transition initiated by I2C is
governed by the DVS stepping rates shown in Table 32 and Table 33.
2. Standby mode: The output voltage can be higher, or lower than in normal operation,
but is typically selected to be the lowest state retention voltage of a given processor;
it is selected by I2C bits SW1xSTBY[5:0] for SW1A/B/C and by bits SWxSTBY[6:0]
for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4. Voltage transitions initiated by a Standby event are
governed by the SW1xDVSSPEED[1:0] and SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] I2C bits shown in
Table 32 and Table 33 respectively.
3. Sleep mode: The output voltage can be higher or lower than in normal operation, but
is typically selected to be the lowest state retention voltage of a given processor; it is
selected by I2C bits SW1xOFF[5:0] for SW1A/B/C and by bits SWxOFF[6:0] for SW2,
SW3A/B, and SW4. Voltage transitions initiated by a turn off event are governed by
the SW1xDVSSPEED[1:0] and SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] I2C bits shown in Table 32 and
Table 33 respectively.
Table 30, Table 31, Table 32, and Table 33 summarize the set point control and DVS
time stepping applied to all regulators.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
35 / 137
Table 30. DVS control logic for SW1A/B/C
STANDBY Set point selected by
0 SW1x[5:0]
1 SW1xSTBY[5:0]
Table 31. DVS control logic for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4
STANDBY Set point selected by
0 SWx[6:0]
1 SWxSTBY[6:0]
Table 32. DVS speed selection for SW1A/B/C
SW1xDVSSPEED[1:0] Function
00 25 mV step each 2.0 µs
01 (default) 25 mV step each 4.0 µs
10 25 mV step each 8.0 µs
11 25 mV step each 16 µs
Table 33. DVS speed selection for SW2, SW3A/B, and SW4
SWxDVSSPEED[1:0] Function
SWx[6] = 0 or SWxSTBY[6] =
0
Function
SWx[6] = 1 or SWxSTBY[6] =
1
00 25 mV step each 2.0 µs 50 mV step each 4.0 µs
01 (default) 25 mV step each 4.0 µs 50 mV step each 8.0 µs
10 25 mV step each 8.0 µs 50 mV step each 16 µs
11 25 mV step each 16 µs 50 mV step each 32 µs
The regulators have a strong sourcing and sinking capability in PWM mode, therefore the
fastest rising and falling slopes are determined by the regulator in PWM mode. However,
if the regulators are programmed in PFM or APS mode during a DVS transition, the
falling slope can be influenced by the load. Additionally, as the current capability in PFM
mode is reduced, controlled DVS transitions in PFM mode could be affected. Critically
timed DVS transitions are best assured with PWM mode operation.
The following diagram shows the general behavior for the regulators when initiated with
I2C programming, or standby control. During the DVS period the overcurrent condition of
the regulator should be masked.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
36 / 137
aaa-026478
Output
voltage
Internally
controlled steps
Internally
controlled steps
Requested
set point Output voltage
with light load
Example
actual output
voltage
Possible
output voltage
window
Request for
lower voltage
Initiated by I2C programming, standby control
Request for
higher voltage
Actual
output voltage
Initial
set point
Voltage
change
request
Figure 9. Voltage stepping with DVS
10.4.4.2.2 Regulator phase clock
The SWxPHASE[1:0] bits select the phase of the regulator clock as shown in Table 34.
By default, each regulator is initialized at 90 ° out of phase with respect to each other. For
example, SW1x is set to 0 °, SW2 is set to 90 °, SW3A/B is set to 180 °, and SW4 is set
to 270 ° by default at power up.
Table 34. Regulator phase clock selection
SWxPHASE[1:0] Phase of clock sent to regulator (degrees)
00 0
01 90
10 180
11 270
The SWxFREQ[1:0] register is used to set the desired switching frequency for each
one of the buck regulators. Table 36 shows the selectable options for SWxFREQ[1:0].
For each frequency, all phases are available, allowing regulators operating at different
frequencies to have different relative switching phases. However, not all combinations
are practical. For example, 2.0 MHz, 90 ° and 4.0 MHz, 180 ° are the same in terms of
phasing. Table 35 shows the optimum phasing when using more than one switching
frequency.
Table 35. Optimum phasing
Frequencies Optimum phasing
1.0 MHz
2.0 MHz
0 °
180 °
1.0 MHz
4.0 MHz
0 °
180 °
2.0 MHz
4.0 MHz
0 °
180 °
1.0 MHz
2.0 MHz
4.0 MHz
0 °
90 °
90 °
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
37 / 137
Table 36. Regulator frequency configuration
SWxFREQ[1:0] Frequency
00 1.0 MHz
01 2.0 MHz
10 4.0 MHz
11 Reserved
10.4.4.2.3 Programmable maximum current
The maximum current, ISWxMAX, of each buck regulator is programmable. This allows
the use of smaller inductors where lower currents are required. Programmability is
accomplished by choosing the number of paralleled power stages in each regulator. The
SWx_PWRSTG[2:0] bits in Table 136 of the register map control the number of power
stages.
See Table 37 for the programmable options. Bit[0] must always be enabled to ensure the
stage with the current sensor is used. The default setting, SWx_PWRSTG[2:0] = 111,
represents the highest maximum current. The current limit for each option is also scaled
by the percentage of power stages enabled.
Table 37. Programmable current configuration
Regulators Control bits % of power stages
enabled
Rated current (A)
SW1AB_PWRSTG[2:0] ISW1ABMAX
0 0 1 40 % 1.0
0 1 1 80 % 2.0
1 0 1 60 % 1.5
SW1AB
1 1 1 100 % 2.5
SW1C_PWRSTG[2:0] ISW1CMAX
0 0 1 43 % 0.9
0 1 1 58 % 1.2
1 0 1 86 % 1.7
SW1C
1 1 1 100 % 2.0
SW2_PWRSTG[2:0] ISW2MAX
0 0 1 38% 0.75
0 1 1 75% 1.5
1 0 1 63 % 1.25
SW2
1 1 1 100 % 2.5
SW3A_PWRSTG[2:0] ISW3AMAX
0 0 1 40 % 0.5
0 1 1 80 % 1.0
1 0 1 60 % 0.75
SW3A
1 1 1 100 % 1.5
SW3B SW3B_PWRSTG[2:0] ISW3BMAX
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
38 / 137
Regulators Control bits % of power stages
enabled
Rated current (A)
0 0 1 40 % 0.5
0 1 1 80 % 1.0
1 0 1 60 % 0.75
1 1 1 100 % 1.5
SW4_PWRSTG[2:0] ISW4MAX
0 0 1 50 % 0.5
0 1 1 75 % 0.75
1 0 1 75 % 0.75
SW4
1 1 1 100 % 1.0
10.4.4.3 SW1A/B/C
SW1/A/B/C are 2.5 A to 4.5 A buck regulators which can be configured in various
phasing schemes, depending on the desired cost/ performance trade-offs. The following
configurations are available:
SW1A/B/C single phase with one inductor
SW1A/B as a single phase with one inductor and SW1C in independent mode with one
inductor
SW1A/B as a dual phase with two inductors and SW1C in independent mode with one
inductor
The desired configuration is programmed by OTP by using SW1_CONFIG[1:0] bits in the
register map Table 135, as shown in Table 38.
Table 38. SW1 configuration
SW1_CONFIG[1:0] Description
00 A/B/C single phase
01 A/B single phase, C independent mode
10 A/B dual phase, C independent mode
11 Reserved
10.4.4.3.1 SW1A/B/C single phase
In this configuration, all phases A, B, and C are connected together to a single inductor,
thus, providing up to 4.50 A current capability for high current applications. The feedback
and all other controls are accomplished by use of pin SW1CFB and SW1C control
registers, respectively. Figure 10 shows the connection for SW1A/B/C in single phase
mode.
During single phase mode operation, all three phases use the same configuration for
frequency, phase, and DVS speed set in SW1CCONF register. However, the same
configuration settings for frequency, phase, and DVS speed setting on SW1AB registers
should be used. The SW1FB pin should be left floating in this configuration.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
39 / 137
CINSW1C
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026479
SW1AIN SW1AMODE
SW1AFAULT
SW1BMODE
SW1BFAULT
SW1CFAULT
SW1CMODE
SW1ALXSW1A/B/C
VIN
SW1BIN
SW1BLX
SW1CIN
SW1CLX
SW1CFB
EP
SW1FB
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
I2C
INTERFACE
ISENSE
VREF
I2C
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
VREF
I2C
DAC
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
CINSW1B
COSW1A
LSW1
CINSW1A
Figure 10. SW1A/B/C single phase block diagram
10.4.4.3.2 SW1A/B single phase - SW1C independent mode
In this configuration, SW1A/B is connected as a single phase with a single inductor,
while SW1C is used as an independent output, using its own inductor and configurations
parameters. This configuration allows reduced component count by using only one
inductor for SW1A/ B. As mentioned before, SW1A/B and SW1C operate independently
from one another, thus, they can be operated with a different voltage set point for normal,
standby, and sleep modes, as well as switching mode selection and on/off control.
Figure 11 shows the physical connection for SW1A/B in single phase and SW1C as an
independent output.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
40 / 137
CINSW1C
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026480
SW1AIN SW1AMODE
SW1AFAULT
SW1BMODE
SW1BFAULT
SW1CFAULT
SW1CMODE
SW1ALX
SW1A/B
VIN
SW1BIN
SW1BLX
SW1CIN
SW1CLX
SW1CFB
EP
SW1FB
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
I2C
INTERFACE
ISENSE
VREF
I2C
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
VREF
I2C
DAC
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
CINSW1B
COSW1A
LSW1A
SW1C
COSW1A
LSW1C
CINSW1A
VIN
VIN
Figure 11. SW1A/B single phase, SW1C independent mode block diagram
Both SW1ALX and SW1BLX nodes operate at the same DVS, frequency, and phase
configured by the SW1ABCONF register, while SW1CLX node operates independently,
using the configuration in the SW1CCONF register.
10.4.4.3.3 SW1A/B dual phase - SW1C independent mode
In this mode, SW1A/B is connected in dual phase mode using one inductor per switching
node, while SW1C is used as an independent output using its own inductor and
configuration parameters. This mode provides a smaller output voltage ripple on the
SW1A/B output. SW1A/B and SW1C operate independently from one another, thus, they
can be operated with a different voltage set point for normal, standby, and sleep modes,
as well as switching mode selection and on/off control. Figure 12 shows the physical
connection for SW1A/B in dual phase and SW1C as an independent output.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
41 / 137
CINSW1C
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026481
SW1AIN SW1AMODE
SW1AFAULT
SW1BMODE
SW1BFAULT
SW1CFAULT
SW1CMODE
SW1ALXSW1AB
VIN
VIN
VIN
SW1BIN
SW1BLX
SW1CIN
SW1CLX
SW1CFB
EP
SW1FB
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
I2C
INTERFACE
ISENSE
VREF
I2C
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
VREF
I2C
DAC
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
CINSW1B
COSW1A
LSW1A
COSW1B
LSW1B
SW1C
COSW1C
LSW1C
CINSW1A
Figure 12. SW1A/B dual phase, SW1C independent mode block diagram
In this mode of operation, SW1ALX and SW1BLX nodes operate automatically at
180 ° phase shift from each other and use the same frequency and DVS configured
by SW1ABCONF register, while SW1CLX node operate independently using the
configuration in the SW1CCONF register.
10.4.4.3.4 SW1A/B/C setup and control registers
SW1A/B and SW1C output voltages are programmable from 0.300 V to 1.875 V in steps
of 25 mV. The output voltage set point is independently programmed for normal, standby,
and sleep mode by setting the SW1x[5:0], SW1xSTBY[5:0], and SW1xOFF[5:0] bits
respectively. Table 39 shows the output voltage coding for SW1A/B or SW1C.
Note: Voltage set points of 0.6 V and below are not supported.
Table 39. SW1A/B/C output voltage configuration
Set point SW1x[5:0]
SW1xSTBY[5:0]
SW1xOFF[5:0]
SW1x output (V) Set point SW1x[5:0]
SW1xSTBY[5:0]
SW1xOFF[5:0]
SW1x output (V)
0 000000 0.3000 32 100000 1.1000
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
42 / 137
Set point SW1x[5:0]
SW1xSTBY[5:0]
SW1xOFF[5:0]
SW1x output (V) Set point SW1x[5:0]
SW1xSTBY[5:0]
SW1xOFF[5:0]
SW1x output (V)
1 000001 0.3250 33 100001 1.1250
2 000010 0.3500 34 100010 1.1500
3 000011 0.3750 35 100011 1.1750
4 000100 0.4000 36 100100 1.2000
5 000101 0.4250 37 100101 1.2250
6 000110 0.4500 38 100110 1.2500
7 000111 0.4750 39 100111 1.2750
8 001000 0.5000 40 101000 1.3000
9 001001 0.5250 41 101001 1.3250
10 001010 0.5500 42 101010 1.3500
11 001011 0.5750 43 101011 1.3750
12 001100 0.6000 44 101100 1.4000
13 001101 0.6250 45 101101 1.4250
14 001110 0.6500 46 101110 1.4500
15 001111 0.6750 47 101111 1.4750
16 010000 0.7000 48 110000 1.5000
17 010001 0.7250 49 110001 1.5250
18 010010 0.7500 50 110010 1.5500
19 010011 0.7750 51 110011 1.5750
20 010100 0.8000 52 110100 1.6000
21 010101 0.8250 53 110101 1.6250
22 010110 0.8500 54 110110 1.6500
23 010111 0.8750 55 110111 1.6750
24 011000 0.9000 56 111000 1.7000
25 011001 0.9250 57 111001 1.7250
26 011010 0.9500 58 111010 1.7500
27 011011 0.9750 59 111011 1.7750
28 011100 1.0000 60 111100 1.8000
29 011101 1.0250 61 111101 1.8250
30 011110 1.0500 62 111110 1.8500
31 011111 1.0750 63 111111 1.8750
Table 40 provides a list of registers used to configure and operate SW1A/B/C and a
detailed description on each one of these register is provided in Table 41 to Table 50.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
43 / 137
Table 40. SW1A/B/C register summary
Register Address Output
SW1ABVOLT 0x20 SW1AB output voltage set point in normal operation
SW1ABSTBY 0x21 SW1AB output voltage set point on standby
SW1ABOFF 0x22 SW1AB output voltage set point on sleep
SW1ABMODE 0x23 SW1AB switching mode selector register
SW1ABCONF 0x24 SW1AB DVS, phase, frequency and ILIM configuration
SW1CVOLT 0x2E SW1C output voltage set point in normal operation
SW1CSTBY 0x2F SW1C output voltage set point in standby
SW1COFF 0x30 SW1C output voltage set point in sleep
SW1CMODE 0x31 SW1C switching mode selector register
SW1CCONF 0x32 SW1C DVS, phase, frequency and ILIM configuration
Table 41. Register SW1ABVOLT - ADDR 0x20
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1AB 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW1AB output voltage during normal operation
mode. See Table 39 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 42. Register SW1ABSTBY – ADDR 0x21
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1ABSTBY 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW1AB output voltage during standby mode. See
Table 39 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 43. Register SW1ABOFF – ADDR 0x22
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1ABOFF 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW1AB output voltage during sleep mode. See
Table 39 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 44. Register SW1ABMODE – ADDR 0x23
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1ABMODE 3:0 R/W 0x08 Sets the SW1AB switching operation mode. See Table 29 for
all possible configurations.
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
44 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1ABOMODE 5 R/W 0x00 Set status of SW1AB when in sleep mode
0 = OFF
1 = PFM
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 45. Register SW1ABCONF – ADDR 0x24
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1ABILIM 0 R/W 0x00 SW1AB current limit level selection
0 = High-level current limit
1 = Low-level current limit
UNUSED 1 R/W 0x00 unused
SW1ABFREQ 3:2 R/W 0x00 SW1A/B switching frequency selector. See Table 36.
SW1ABPHASE 5:4 R/W 0x00 SW1A/B phase clock selection. See Table 34.
SW1ABDVSSPEED 7:6 R/W 0x00 SW1A/B DVS speed selection. See Table 33.
Table 46. Register SW1CVOLT – ADDR 0x2E
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1C 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW1C output voltage during normal operation mode.
See Table 39 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 47. Register SW1CSTBY – ADDR 0x2F
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1CSTBY 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW1C output voltage during standby mode. See
Table 39 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 48. Register SW1COFF – ADDR 0x30
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1COFF 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW1C output voltage during sleep mode. See
Table 39 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 49. Register SW1CMODE – ADDR 0x31
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1CMODE 3:0 R/W 0x08 Sets the SW1C switching operation mode. See Table 29 for
all possible configurations.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
45 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
SW1COMODE 5 R/W 0x00 Set status of SW1C when in sleep mode
0 = OFF
1 = PFM
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 50. Register SW1CCONF – ADDR 0x32
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1CILIM 0 R/W 0x00 SW1C current limit level selection
0 = High-level current limit
1 = Low-level current limit
UNUSED 1 R/W 0x00 unused
SW1CFREQ 3:2 R/W 0x00 SW1C switching frequency selector. See Table 36.
SW1CPHASE 5:4 R/W 0x00 SW1C phase clock selection. See Table 34.
SW1CDVSSPEED 7:6 R/W 0x00 SW1C DVS speed selection. See Table 32.
10.4.4.3.5 SW1A/B/C external components
Table 51. SW1A/B/C external component recommendations
ModeComponents Description
A/B/C single
phase
A/B single - C
independent mode
A/B dual - C
independent mode
CINSW1A [1] SW1A input capacitor 4.7 µF 4.7 µF 4.7 µF
CIN1AHF [1] SW1A decoupling input
capacitor
0.1 µF 0.1 µF 0.1 µF
CINSW1B [1] SW1B input capacitor 4.7 µF 4.7 µF 4.7 µF
CIN1BHF [1] SW1B decoupling input
capacitor
0.1 µF 0.1 µF 0.1 µF
CINSW1C [1] SW1C input capacitor 4.7 µF 4.7 µF 4.7 µF
CIN1CHF SW1C decoupling input
capacitor
0.1 µF 0.1 µF 0.1 µF
COSW1AB [1] SW1A/B output capacitor 6 x 22 µF 2 x 22 µF 4 x 22 µF
COSW1C [1] SW1C output capacitor 3 x 22 µF 3 x 22 µF
LSW1A SW1A inductor 1.0 µH 1.0 µH 1.0 µH
LSW1B SW1B inductor 1.0 µH
LSW1C SW1C inductor 1.0 µH 1.0 µH
[1] Use X5R or X7R capacitors.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
46 / 137
10.4.4.3.6 SW1A/B/C specifications
Table 52. SW1A/B/C electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = VINSW1x = 3.6 V, VSW1x = 1.2 V, ISW1x = 100 mA,
SW1x_PWRSTG[2:0] = [111], typical external component values, fSW1x = 2.0 MHz, unless otherwise noted. Typical values
are characterized at VIN = VINSW1x = 3.6 V, VSW1x = 1.2 V, ISW1x = 100 mA, SW1x_PWRSTG[2:0] = [111], and 25 °C, unless
otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
SW1A/B/C (Single phase)
VINSW1A
VINSW1B
VINSW1C
Operating input voltage 2.8 4.5 V
VSW1ABC Nominal output voltage Table 39 V
VSW1ABCACC Output voltage accuracy
PWM, APS, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 <
ISW1ABC < 4.5 A
0.625 V ≤ VSW1ABC ≤ 1.450 V
1.475 V ≤ VSW1ABC ≤ 1.875 V
PFM, steady state, 2.8 V < VIN <
4.5 V, 0 < ISW1ABC < 150 mA
0.625 V < VSW1ABC < 0.675 V
0.7 V < VSW1ABC < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW1ABC < 1.875 V
−25
−3.0 %
−65
−45
−3.0 %
25
3.0 %
65
45
3.0 %
mV
%
mV
mV
%
ISW1ABC Rated output load current
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0.625 V <
VSW1ABC < 1.875 V
4500
mA
ISW1ABCLIM Current limiter peak current
detection
Current through inductor
SW1ABILIM = 0
SW1ABILIM = 1
7.1
5.3
10.5
7.9
13.7
10.3
A
VSW1ABCOSH Startup overshoot
ISW1ABC = 0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN =
VINSW1x = 4.5 V, VSW1ABC =
1.875 V
66
mV
tONSW1ABC Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
ISW1x = 0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4.0 µs, VIN
= VINSW1x = 4.5 V, VSW1ABC =
1.875 V
500
µs
fSW1ABC Switching frequency
SW1xFREQ[1:0] = 00
SW1xFREQ[1:0] = 01
SW1xFREQ[1:0] = 10
1.0
2.0
4.0
MHz
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
47 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
ηSW1ABC Efficiency
VIN = 3.6 V, fSW1ABC = 2.0 MHz,
LSW1ABC = 1.0 µH
PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA
PFM, 1.2 V, 50 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 850 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 1275 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 2125 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 4500 mA
77
82
86
84
80
68
%
ΔVSW1ABC Output ripple 10 mV
VSW1ABCLIR Line regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW1ABCLOR DC load regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW1ABCLOTR Transient load regulation
Transient load = 0 to 2.25 A, di/dt =
100 mA/µs
Overshoot
Undershoot
50
50
mV
ISW1ABCQ Quiescent current
PFM mode
APS mode
18
145
µA
RSW1ABCDIS Discharge resistance 600
SW1A/B (Single/ dual
phase)
VINSW1A
VINSW1B
Operating input voltage 2.8 4.5 V
VSW1AB Nominal output voltage Table 39 V
VSW1ABACC Output voltage accuracy
PWM, APS, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 <
ISW1AB < 2.5 A
0.625 V ≤ VSW1AB ≤ 1.450 V
1.475 V ≤ VSW1AB ≤ 1.875 V
PFM, steady state, 2.8 V < VIN <
4.5 V, 0 < ISW1AB < 150 mA
0.625 V < VSW1AB < 0.675 V
0.7 V < VSW1AB < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW1AB < 1.875 V
−25
−3.0 %
−65
−45
−3.0 %
25
3.0 %
65
45
3.0 %
mV
%
mV
mV
%
ISW1AB Rated output load current,
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0.625 V <
VSW1AB < 1.875 V
2500
mA
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
48 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
ISW1ABLIM Current limiter peak current
detection
SW1A/B single phase (current
through inductor)
SW1ABILIM = 0
SW1ABILIM = 1
SW1A/B dual phase (current
through inductor per phase)
SW1ABILIM = 0
SW1ABILIM = 1
4.5
3.3
2.2
1.6
6.5
4.9
3.2
2.4
8.5
6.4
4.3
3.2
A
VSW1ABOSH Start-up overshoot
ISW1AB = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN =
VINSW1x = 4.5 V, VSW1AB =
1.875 V
66
mV
tONSW1AB Turn-on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
ISW1AB = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN =
VINSW1x = 4.5 V, VSW1AB =
1.875 V
500
µs
fSW1AB Switching frequency
SW1ABFREQ[1:0] = 00
SW1ABFREQ[1:0] = 01
SW1ABFREQ[1:0] = 10
1.0
2.0
4.0
MHz
ηSW1AB Efficiency (single phase)
VIN = 3.6 V, fSW1AB = 2.0 MHz,
LSW1AB = 1.0 µH
PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA
PFM, 1.2 V, 50 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 500 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 750 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 1250 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 2500 mA
82
84
86
87
82
71
%
ΔVSW1AB Output ripple 10 mV
VSW1ABLIR Line regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW1ABLOR DC load regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW1ABLOTR Transient load regulation
Transient load = 0 to 1.25 A, di/dt =
100 µs
Overshoot
Undershoot
50
50
mV
ISW1ABQ Quiescent current
PFM mode
APS mode
18
235
µA
RONSW1AP SW1A P-MOSFET RDS(on)
VINSW1A = 3.3 V
215
245
mΩ
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
49 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
RONSW1AN SW1A N-MOSFET RDS(on)
VINSW1A = 3.3 V
258
326
mΩ
ISW1APQ SW1A P-MOSFET leakage current
VINSW1A = 4.5 V
7.5
µA
ISW1ANQ SW1A N-MOSFET leakage current
VINSW1A = 4.5 V
2.5
µA
RONSW1BP SW1B P-MOSFET RDS(on)
VINSW1B = 3.3 V
215
245
mΩ
RONSW1BN SW1B N-MOSFET RDS(on)
VINSW1B = 3.3 V
258
326
mΩ
ISW1BPQ SW1B P-MOSFET leakage current
VINSW1B = 4.5 V
7.5
µA
ISW1BNQ SW1B N-MOSFET leakage current
VINSW1B = 4.5 V
2.5
µA
RSW1ABDIS Discharge resistance 600
SW1C (independent)
VINSW1C Operating input voltage
2.8
4.5
V
VSW1C Nominal output voltage Table 39 V
VSW1CACC Output voltage accuracy
PWM, APS, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 <
ISW1C < 2.0 A
0.625 V ≤ VSW1C ≤ 1.450 V
1.475 V ≤ VSW1C ≤ 1.875 V
PFM, steady state 2.8 V < VIN <
4.5 V, 0 < ISW1C < 50 mA
0.625 V < VSW1C < 0.675 V
0.7 V < VSW1C < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW1C < 1.875 V
−25
−3.0 %
−65
−45
−3.0 %
25
3.0 %
65
45
3.0 %
mV
%
mV
mV
%
ISW1C Rated output load current
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0.625 V <
VSW1C < 1.875 V
2000
mA
ISW1CLIM Current limiter peak current
detection
Current through inductor
SW1CILIM = 0
SW1CILIM = 1
2.6
1.95
4.0
3.0
5.2
3.9
A
VSW1COSH Start up overshoot
ISW1C = 0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN
= VINSW1C = 4.5 V, VSW1C =
1.875 V
66
mV
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
50 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
tONSW1C Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
ISW1C = 0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN
= VINSW1C = 4.5 V, VSW1C =
1.875 V
500
µs
fSW1C Switching frequency
SW1CFREQ[1:0] = 00
SW1CFREQ[1:0] = 01
SW1CFREQ[1:0] = 10
1.0
2.0
4.0
MHz
ηSW1C Efficiency
VIN = 3.6 V, fSW1C = 2.0 MHz,
LSW1C = 1.0 µH
PFM, 0.9 V, 1.0 mA
PFM, 1.2 V, 50 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 400 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 600 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 1000 mA
APS, PWM, 1.2 V, 2000 mA
77
78
86
84
78
65
%
ΔVSW1C Output ripple 10 mV
VSW1CLIR Line regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW1CLOR DC load regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW1CLOTR Transient load regulation
Transient load = 0.0 mA to 1.0 A,
di/dt = 100 mA/µs
Overshoot
Undershoot
50
50
mV
ISW1CQ Quiescent current
PFM mode
APS mode
22
145
µA
RONSW1CP SW1C P-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VINSW1C = 3.3 V
184
206
mΩ
RONSW1CN SW1C N-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VINSW1C = 3.3 V
211
260
mΩ
ISW1CPQ SW1C P-MOSFET leakage current
VINSW1C = 4.5 V
10.5
µA
ISW1CNQ SW1C N-MOSFET leakage current
VINSW1C = 4.5 V
3.5
µA
RSW1CDIS Discharge resistance 600
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
51 / 137
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026482
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027172
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
APS
PWM
Figure 13. SW1AB efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.375 V; consumer version
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026483
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
52 / 137
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027173
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
APS
PWM
Figure 14. SW1AB efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.375 V; industrial version
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026484
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027174
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PWM
Figure 15. SW1C efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.375 V; consumer version
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
53 / 137
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026485
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027175
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
APS
PWM
Figure 16. SW1C efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.375 V; industrial version
10.4.4.4 SW2
SW2 is a single phase, 2.5 A rated buck regulator. Table 28 describes the modes, and
Table 29 shows the options for the SWxMODE[3:0] bits.
Figure 17 shows the block diagram and the external component connections for SW2
regulator.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
54 / 137
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
SW2IN SW2MODE
SW2FAULT
SW2LX
SW2
VIN
SW2FB
DRIVER
I2C
INTERFACE
VREF
I2C
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
aaa-026486
Z2
DAC
Z1
COSW2
LSW2
CINSW2
EP
Figure 17. SW2 block diagram
10.4.4.4.1 SW2 setup and control registers
SW2 output voltage is programmable from 0.400 V to 3.300 V; however, bit SW2[6] in
register SW2VOLT is read-only during normal operation. Its value is determined by the
default configuration, or may be changed by using the OTP registers. Therefore, once
SW2[6] is set to 0, the output is limited to the lower output voltage range from 0.400 V
to 1.975 V with 25 mV increments, as determined by bits SW2[5:0]. Likewise, once bit
SW2[6] is set to 1, the output voltage is limited to the higher output voltage range from
0.800 V to 3.300 V with 50 mV increments, as determined by bits SW2[5:0].
In order to optimize the performance of the regulator, it is recommended only voltage
from 2.000 V to 3.300 V be used in the high range, and the lower range be used for
voltage from 0.400 V to 1.975 V.
The output voltage set point is independently programmed for normal, standby, and
sleep mode by setting the SW2[5:0], SW2STBY[5:0] and SW2OFF[5:0] bits, respectively.
However, the initial state of bit SW2[6] are copied into bits SW2STBY[6], and SW2OFF[6]
bits. Therefore, the output voltage range remains the same in all three operating modes.
Table 53 shows the output voltage coding valid for SW2.
Note: Voltage set points of 0.6 V and below are not supported.
Table 53. SW2 output voltage configuration
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW2[6:0] SW2 output Set point SW2[6:0] SW2 output
0 0000000 0.4000 64 1000000 0.8000
1 0000001 0.4250 65 1000001 0.8500
2 0000010 0.4500 66 1000010 0.9000
3 0000011 0.4750 67 1000011 0.9500
4 0000100 0.5000 68 1000100 1.0000
5 0000101 0.5250 69 1000101 1.0500
6 0000110 0.5500 70 1000110 1.1000
7 0000111 0.5750 71 1000111 1.1500
8 0001000 0.6000 72 1001000 1.2000
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
55 / 137
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW2[6:0] SW2 output Set point SW2[6:0] SW2 output
9 0001001 0.6250 73 1001001 1.2500
10 0001010 0.6500 74 1001010 1.3000
11 0001011 0.6750 75 1001011 1.3500
12 0001100 0.7000 76 1001100 1.4000
13 0001101 0.7250 77 1001101 1.4500
14 0001110 0.7500 78 1001110 1.5000
15 0001111 0.7750 79 1001111 1.5500
16 0010000 0.8000 80 1010000 1.6000
17 0010001 0.8250 81 1010001 1.6500
18 0010010 0.8500 82 1010010 1.7000
19 0010011 0.8750 83 1010011 1.7500
20 0010100 0.9000 84 1010100 1.8000
21 0010101 0.9250 85 1010101 1.8500
22 0010110 0.9500 86 1010110 1.9000
23 0010111 0.9750 87 1010111 1.9500
24 0011000 1.0000 88 1011000 2.0000
25 0011001 1.0250 89 1011001 2.0500
26 0011010 1.0500 90 1011010 2.1000
27 0011011 1.0750 91 1011011 2.1500
28 0011100 1.1000 92 1011100 2.2000
29 0011101 1.1250 93 1011101 2.2500
30 0011110 1.1500 94 1011110 2.3000
31 0011111 1.1750 95 1011111 2.3500
32 0100000 1.2000 96 1100000 2.4000
33 0100001 1.2250 97 1100001 2.4500
34 0100010 1.2500 98 1100010 2.5000
35 0100011 1.2750 99 1100011 2.5500
36 0100100 1.3000 100 1100100 2.6000
37 0100101 1.3250 101 1100101 2.6500
38 0100110 1.3500 102 1100110 2.7000
39 0100111 1.3750 103 1100111 2.7500
40 0101000 1.4000 104 1101000 2.8000
41 0101001 1.4250 105 1101001 2.8500
42 0101010 1.4500 106 1101010 2.9000
43 0101011 1.4750 107 1101011 2.9500
44 0101100 1.5000 108 1101100 3.0000
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
56 / 137
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW2[6:0] SW2 output Set point SW2[6:0] SW2 output
45 0101101 1.5250 109 1101101 3.0500
46 0101110 1.5500 110 1101110 3.1000
47 0101111 1.5750 111 1101111 3.1500
48 0110000 1.6000 112 1110000 3.2000
49 0110001 1.6250 113 1110001 3.2500
50 0110010 1.6500 114 1110010 3.3000
51 0110011 1.6750 115 1110011 Reserved
52 0110100 1.7000 116 1110100 Reserved
53 0110101 1.7250 117 1110101 Reserved
54 0110110 1.7500 118 1110110 Reserved
55 0110111 1.7750 119 1110111 Reserved
56 0111000 1.8000 120 1111000 Reserved
57 0111001 1.8250 121 1111001 Reserved
58 0111010 1.8500 122 1111010 Reserved
59 0111011 1.8750 123 1111011 Reserved
60 0111100 1.9000 124 1111100 Reserved
61 0111101 1.9250 125 1111101 Reserved
62 0111110 1.9500 126 1111110 Reserved
63 0111111 1.9750 127 1111111 Reserved
[1] For voltage less than 2.0 V, use set points 0 to 63.
Setup and control of SW2 is done through I2C registers listed in Table 54, and a detailed
description of each one of the registers is provided in Table 55 to Table 59.
Table 54. SW2 register summary
Register Address Description
SW2VOLT 0x35 Output voltage set point in normal operation
SW2STBY 0x36 Output voltage set point in standby
SW2OFF 0x37 Output voltage set point in sleep
SW2MODE 0x38 Switching mode selector register
SW2CONF 0x39 DVS, phase, frequency, and ILIM configuration
Table 55. Register SW2VOLT - ADDR 0x35
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW2 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW2 output voltage during normal operation mode.
See Table 53 for all possible configurations.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
57 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW2 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW2. Set during
OTP or TBB configuration only. See Table 53 for all possible
configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 56. Register SW2STBY - ADDR 0x36
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW2STBY 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW2 output voltage during standby mode. See
Table 53 for all possible configurations.
SW2STBY 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW2 in standby
mode. This bit inherits the value configured on bit SW2[6]
during OTP or TBB configuration. See Table 53 for all
possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 57. Register SW2OFF - ADDR 0x37
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW2OFF 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW2 output voltage during sleep mode. See
Table 53 for all possible configurations.
SW2OFF 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW2 in sleep
mode. This bit inherits the value configured on bit SW2[6]
during OTP or TBB configuration. See Table 53 for all
possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 58. Register SW2MODE - ADDR 0x38
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW2MODE 3:0 R/W 0x08 Sets the SW2 switching operation mode. See Table 29 for all
possible configurations.
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
SW2OMODE 5 R/W 0x00 Set status of SW2 when in sleep mode
0 = OFF
1 = PFM
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 59. Register SW2CONF - ADDR 0x39
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW2ILIM 0 R/W 0x00 SW2 current limit level selection [1]
0 = High-level current limit
1 = Low-level current limit
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
58 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
UNUSED 1 R/W 0x00 unused
SW2FREQ 3:2 R/W 0x00 SW2 switching frequency selector. See Table 36.
SW2PHASE 5:4 R/W 0x00 SW2 phase clock selection. See Table 34.
SW2DVSSPEED 7:6 R/W 0x00 SW2 DVS speed selection. See Table 33.
[1] SW2ILIM = 0 must be used if 2.5 A output load current is desired
10.4.4.4.2 SW2 external components
Table 60. SW2 external component recommendations
Components Description Values
CINSW2 [1] SW2 input capacitor 4.7 µF
CIN2HF [1] SW2 decoupling input capacitor 0.1 µF
COSW2 [1] SW2 output capacitor 3 x 22 µF
LSW2 SW2 inductor 1.0 µH
[1] Use X5R or X7R capacitors.
10.4.4.4.3 SW2 Specifications
Table 61. SW2 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = VINSW2 = 3.6 V, VSW2 = 3.15 V, ISW2 = 100 mA,
SW2_PWRSTG[2:0] = [111], typical external component values, fSW2 = 2.0 MHz, unless otherwise noted. Typical values
are characterized at VIN = VINSW2 = 3.6 V, VSW2 = 3.15 V, ISW2 = 100 mA, SW2_PWRSTG[2:0] = [111], and 25 °C, unless
otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
SWITCH MODE SUPPLY SW2
VINSW2 Operating input voltage [1] 2.8 4.5 V
VSW2 Nominal output voltage Table 53 V
VSW2ACC Output voltage accuracy
PWM, APS, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < ISW2 <
2.5 A
0.625 V < VSW2 < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW2 < 1.975
2.0 V < VSW2 < 3.3 V
PFM, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < ISW2 ≤ 50 mA
0.625 V < VSW2 < 0.675 V
0.7 V < VSW2 < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW2 < 1.975 V
2.0 V < VSW2 < 3.3 V
−25
−3.0 %
−6.0 %
−65
−45
−3.0 %
−3.0 %
25
3.0 %
6.0 %
65
45
3.0 %
3.0 %
mV
%
%
mV
mV
%
%
ISW2 Rated output load current
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0.625 V < VSW2 < 3.3 V
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 1.2 V < VSW2 < 3.3 V,
SW2LIM = 0
[2]
2500
mA
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
59 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
ISW2LIM Current limiter peak current detection
Current through inductor
SW2ILIM = 0
SW2ILIM = 1
2.8
2.1
4.0
3.0
5.2
3.9
A
VSW2OSH Startup overshoot
ISW2 = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN = VINSW2 = 4.5 V
66
mV
tONSW2 Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
ISW2 = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 50 mV/8 µs, VIN = VINSW2 = 4.5 V
550
µs
fSW2 Switching frequency
SW2FREQ[1:0] = 00
SW2FREQ[1:0] = 01
SW2FREQ[1:0] = 10
1.0
2.0
4.0
MHz
ηSW2 Efficiency
VIN = 3.6 V, fSW2 = 2.0 MHz, LSW2 = 1.0 µH
PFM, 3.15 V, 1.0 mA
PFM, 3.15 V, 50 mA
APS, PWM, 3.15 V, 400 mA
APS, PWM, 3.15 V, 600 mA
APS, PWM, 3.15 V, 1000 mA
APS, PWM, 3.15 V, 2000 mA
APS, PWM, 3.15 V, 2500 mA
94
95
96
94
92
86
81
%
ΔVSW2 Output ripple 10 mV
VSW2LIR Line regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW2LOR DC load regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW2LOTR Transient load regulation
Transient load = 0.0 mA to 1.0 A, di/dt = 100
mA/µs
Overshoot
Undershoot
50
50
mV
ISW2Q Quiescent current
PFM mode
APS mode (low output voltage settings)
APS mode (high output voltage settings)
23
145
305
µA
RONSW2P SW2 P-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW2 = 3.3 V
190
209
mΩ
RONSW2N SW2 N-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW2 = 3.3 V
212
255
mΩ
ISW2PQ SW2 P-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW2 = 4.5 V
12
µA
ISW2NQ SW2 N-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW2 = 4.5 V
4.0
µA
RSW2DIS Discharge resistance 600
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
60 / 137
[1] When output is set to > 2.6 V, the output follows the input down when VIN gets near 2.8 V.
[2] The higher output voltage available depends on the voltage drop in the conduction path as given by the following equation: (VINSW2 − VSW2) = ISW2* (DCR
of Inductor + RONSW2P + PCB trace resistance).
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026487
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027176
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PWM
Figure 18. SW2 efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 3.0 V; consumer version
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026488
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
61 / 137
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027177
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
APS
PWM
Figure 19. SW2 efficiency waveforms: vIN = 4.2 V; Vout = 3.0 V; industrial version
10.4.4.5 SW3A/B
SW3A/B are 1.5 to 3.0 A rated buck regulators, depending on the configuration.
Table 28 describes the available switching modes and Table 29 shows the actual
configuration options for the SW3xMODE[3:0] bits. SW3A/B can be configured in various
phasing schemes, depending on the desired cost/performance trade-offs. The following
configurations are available:
A single phase
A dual phase
Independent regulators
The desired configuration is programmed in OTP by using the SW3_CONFIG[1:0] bits.
Table 62 shows the options for the SW3CFG[1:0] bits.
Table 62. SW3 configuration
SW3_CONFIG[1:0] Description
00 A/B single phase
01 A/B single phase
10 A/B dual phase
11 A/B independent
10.4.4.5.1 SW3A/B single phase
In this configuration, SW3ALX and SW3BLX are connected in single phase with a
single inductor a shown in Figure 20. This configuration reduces cost and component
count. Feedback is taken from the SW3AFB pin and the SW3BFB pin must be left open.
Although control is from SW3A, registers of both regulators, SW3A and SW3B, must be
identically set.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
62 / 137
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026489
SW3AIN SW3AMODE
SW3AFAULT
SW3BMODE
SW3BFAULT
SW3ALXSW3
VIN
SW3BIN
SW3BLX
EP
SW3AFB
SW3BFB
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
I2C
INTERFACE
ISENSE
VREF
I2C
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
VREF
I2C
DAC
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
CINSW3B
COSW3A
LSW3A
CINSW3A
VIN
Figure 20. SW3A/B single phase block diagram
10.4.4.5.2 SW3A/B dual phase
SW3A/B can be connected in dual phase configuration using one inductor per switching
node, as shown in Figure 21. This mode allows a smaller output voltage ripple. Feedback
is taken from pin SW3AFB and pin SW3BFB must be left open. Although control is from
SW3A, registers of both regulators, SW3A and SW3B, must be identically set. In this
configuration, the regulators switch 180 degrees apart.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
63 / 137
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026490
SW3AIN SW3AMODE
SW3AFAULT
SW3BMODE
SW3BFAULT
SW3ALXSW3
VIN
SW3BIN
SW3BLX
EP
SW3AFB
SW3BFB
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
I2C
INTERFACE
ISENSE
VREF
I2C
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
VREF
I2C
DAC
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
CINSW3B
COSW3A
LSW3A
COSW3B
LSW3B
CINSW3A
VIN
Figure 21. SW3A/B dual phase block diagram
10.4.4.5.3 SW3A – SW3B independent outputs
SW3A and SW3B can be configured as independent outputs as shown in Figure 22,
providing flexibility for applications requiring more voltage rails with less current
capability. Each output is configured and controlled independently by its respective I2C
registers as shown in Table 64.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
64 / 137
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026491
SW3AIN SW3AMODE
SW3AFAULT
SW3BMODE
SW3BFAULT
SW3ALXSW3
VIN
SW3BIN
SW3BLX
EP
SW3AFB
SW3BFB
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
I2C
INTERFACE
ISENSE
VREF
I2C
DRIVER
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
VREF
I2C
DAC
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
CINSW3B
COSW3A
LSW3A
SW3B
COSW3B
LSW3B
CINSW3A
VIN
Figure 22. SW3A/B independent output block diagram
10.4.4.5.4 SW3A/B setup and control registers
SW3A/B output voltage is programmable from 0.400 V to 3.300 V; however, bit SW3x[6]
in register SW3xVOLT is read-only during normal operation. Its value is determined by
the default configuration, or may be changed by using the OTP registers. Therefore, once
SW3x[6] is set to 0, the output is limited to the lower output voltage range from 0.40 V
to 1.975 V with 25 mV increments, as determined by bits SW3x[5:0]. Likewise, once bit
SW3x[6] is set to 1, the output voltage is limited to the higher output voltage range from
0.800 V to 3.300 V with 50 mV increments, as determined by bits SW3x[5:0].
In order to optimize the performance of the regulator, it is recommended only voltage
from 2.00 V to 3.300 V be used in the high range and the lower range be used for voltage
from 0.400 V to 1.975 V.
The output voltage set point is independently programmed for normal, standby, and sleep
mode by setting the SW3x[5:0], SW3xSTBY[5:0], and SW3xOFF[5:0] bits respectively;
however, the initial state of the SW3x[6] bit is copied into the SW3xSTBY[6] and
SW3xOFF[6] bits. Therefore, the output voltage range remains the same on all three
operating modes. Table 63 shows the output voltage coding valid for SW3x.
Note: Voltage set points of 0.6 V and below are not supported.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
65 / 137
Table 63. SW3A/B output voltage configuration
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW3x[6:0] SW3x output Set point SW3x[6:0] SW3x output
0 0000000 0.4000 64 1000000 0.8000
1 0000001 0.4250 65 1000001 0.8500
2 0000010 0.4500 66 1000010 0.9000
3 0000011 0.4750 67 1000011 0.9500
4 0000100 0.5000 68 1000100 1.0000
5 0000101 0.5250 69 1000101 1.0500
6 0000110 0.5500 70 1000110 1.1000
7 0000111 0.5750 71 1000111 1.1500
8 0001000 0.6000 72 1001000 1.2000
9 0001001 0.6250 73 1001001 1.2500
10 0001010 0.6500 74 1001010 1.3000
11 0001011 0.6750 75 1001011 1.3500
12 0001100 0.7000 76 1001100 1.4000
13 0001101 0.7250 77 1001101 1.4500
14 0001110 0.7500 78 1001110 1.5000
15 0001111 0.7750 79 1001111 1.5500
16 0010000 0.8000 80 1010000 1.6000
17 0010001 0.8250 81 1010001 1.6500
18 0010010 0.8500 82 1010010 1.7000
19 0010011 0.8750 83 1010011 1.7500
20 0010100 0.9000 84 1010100 1.8000
21 0010101 0.9250 85 1010101 1.8500
22 0010110 0.9500 86 1010110 1.9000
23 0010111 0.9750 87 1010111 1.9500
24 0011000 1.0000 88 1011000 2.0000
25 0011001 1.0250 89 1011001 2.0500
26 0011010 1.0500 90 1011010 2.1000
27 0011011 1.0750 91 1011011 2.1500
28 0011100 1.1000 92 1011100 2.2000
29 0011101 1.1250 93 1011101 2.2500
30 0011110 1.1500 94 1011110 2.3000
31 0011111 1.1750 95 1011111 2.3500
32 0100000 1.2000 96 1100000 2.4000
33 0100001 1.2250 97 1100001 2.4500
34 0100010 1.2500 98 1100010 2.5000
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
66 / 137
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW3x[6:0] SW3x output Set point SW3x[6:0] SW3x output
35 0100011 1.2750 99 1100011 2.5500
36 0100100 1.3000 100 1100100 2.6000
37 0100101 1.3250 101 1100101 2.6500
38 0100110 1.3500 102 1100110 2.7000
39 0100111 1.3750 103 1100111 2.7500
40 0101000 1.4000 104 1101000 2.8000
41 0101001 1.4250 105 1101001 2.8500
42 0101010 1.4500 106 1101010 2.9000
43 0101011 1.4750 107 1101011 2.9500
44 0101100 1.5000 108 1101100 3.0000
45 0101101 1.5250 109 1101101 3.0500
46 0101110 1.5500 110 1101110 3.1000
47 0101111 1.5750 111 1101111 3.1500
48 0110000 1.6000 112 1110000 3.2000
49 0110001 1.6250 113 1110001 3.2500
50 0110010 1.6500 114 1110010 3.3000
51 0110011 1.6750 115 1110011 Reserved
52 0110100 1.7000 116 1110100 Reserved
53 0110101 1.7250 117 1110101 Reserved
54 0110110 1.7500 118 1110110 Reserved
55 0110111 1.7750 119 1110111 Reserved
56 0111000 1.8000 120 1111000 Reserved
57 0111001 1.8250 121 1111001 Reserved
58 0111010 1.8500 122 1111010 Reserved
59 0111011 1.8750 123 1111011 Reserved
60 0111100 1.9000 124 1111100 Reserved
61 0111101 1.9250 125 1111101 Reserved
62 0111110 1.9500 126 1111110 Reserved
63 0111111 1.9750 127 1111111 Reserved
[1] For voltage less than 2.0 V, use set points 0 to 63.
Table 64 provides a list of registers used to configure and operate SW3A/B. A detailed
description on each of these registers is provided in Table 65 to Table 74.
Table 64. SW3AB register summary
Register Address Output
SW3AVOLT 0x3C SW3A output voltage set point on normal operation
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
67 / 137
Register Address Output
SW3ASTBY 0x3D SW3A output voltage set point on standby
SW3AOFF 0x3E SW3A output voltage set point on sleep
SW3AMODE 0x3F SW3A switching mode selector register
SW3ACONF 0x40 SW3A DVS, phase, frequency and ILIM configuration
SW3BVOLT 0x43 SW3B output voltage set point on normal operation
SW3BSTBY 0x44 SW3B output voltage set point on standby
SW3BOFF 0x45 SW3B output voltage set point on sleep
SW3BMODE 0x46 SW3B switching mode selector register
SW3BCONF 0x47 SW3B DVS, phase, frequency and ILIM configuration
Table 65. Register SW3AVOLT - ADDR 0x3C
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3A 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW3A output voltage (independent) or SW3A/B
output voltage (single/dual phase), during normal operation
mode. See Table 63 for all possible configurations.
SW3A 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW3A
(independent) or SW3A/B (single/dual phase). Set during
OTP or TBB configuration only. See Table 63 for all possible
configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 66. Register SW3ASTBY - ADDR 0x3D
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3ASTBY 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW3A output voltage (independent) or SW3A/B
output voltage (single/dual phase), during standby mode. See
Table 63 for all possible configurations.
SW3ASTBY 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW3A
(independent) or SW3A/B (single/dual phase) in standby
mode. This bit inherits the value configured on bit SW3A[6]
during OTP or TBB configuration. See Table 63 for all
possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 67. Register SW3AOFF - ADDR 0x3E
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3AOFF 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW3A output voltage (independent) or SW3A/B
output voltage (single/dual phase), during sleep mode. See
Table 63 for all possible configurations.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
68 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3AOFF 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW3A
(independent) or SW3A/B (single/dual phase) in sleep mode.
This bit inherits the value configured on bit SW3A[6] during
OTP or TBB configuration. See Table 63 for all possible
configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 68. Register SW3AMODE - ADDR 0x3F
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3AMODE 3:0 R/W 0x08 Sets the SW3A (independent) or SW3A/B (single/dual phase)
switching operation mode. See Table 29 for all possible
configurations.
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
SW3AOMODE 5 R/W 0x00 Set status of SW3A (independent) or SW3A/B (single/dual
phase) when in sleep mode.
0 = OFF
1 = PFM
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 69. Register SW3ACONF - ADDR 0x40
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3AILIM 0 R/W 0x00 SW3A current limit level selection
0 = High-level current limit
1 = Low-level current limit
UNUSED 1 R/W 0x00 unused
SW3AFREQ 3:2 R/W 0x00 SW3A switching frequency selector. See Table 36.
SW3APHASE 5:4 R/W 0x00 SW3A phase clock selection. See Table 34.
SW3ADVSSPEED 7:6 R/W 0x00 SW3A DVS speed selection. See Table 33.
Table 70. Register SW3BVOLT - ADDR 0x43
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3B 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW3B output voltage (independent) during normal
operation mode. See Table 63 for all possible configurations.
SW3B 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW3B
(independent). Set during OTP or TBB configuration only. See
Table 63 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
69 / 137
Table 71. Register SW3BSTBY - ADDR 0x44
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3BSTBY 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW3B output voltage (independent) during standby
mode. See Table 63 for all possible configurations.
SW3BSTBY 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW3B
(independent) in standby mode. This bit inherits the value
configured on bit SW3B[6] during OTP or TBB configuration.
See Table 63 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 72. Register SW3BOFF - ADDR 0x45
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3BOFF 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW3B output voltage (independent) during sleep
mode. See Table 63 for all possible configurations.
SW3BOFF 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW3B
(independent) in sleep mode. This bit inherits the value
configured on bit SW3B[6] during OTP or TBB configuration.
See Table 63 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 73. Register SW3BMODE - ADDR 0x46
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3BMODE 3:0 R/W 0x08 Sets the SW3B (independent) switching operation mode. See
Table 29 for all possible configurations.
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
SW3BOMODE 5 R/W 0x00 Set status of SW3B (independent) when in sleep mode.
0 = OFF
1 = PFM
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 74. Register SW3BCONF - ADDR 0x47
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW3BILIM 0 R/W 0x00 SW3B current limit level selection
0 = High-level Current limit
1 = Low-level Current limit
UNUSED 1 R/W 0x00 unused
SW3BFREQ 3:2 R/W 0x00 SW3B switching frequency selector. See Table 36.
SW3BPHASE 5:4 R/W 0x00 SW3B phase clock selection. See Table 34.
SW3BDVSSPEED 7:6 R/W 0x00 SW3B DVS speed selection. See Table 33.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
70 / 137
10.4.4.5.5 SW3A/B external components
Table 75. SW3A/B external component requirements
ModeCompone
nts
Description
SW3A/B single
phase
SW3A/B dual
phase
SW3A
independent
SW3B
independent
CINSW3A [1] SW3A input capacitor 4.7 µF 4.7 µF 4.7 µF
CIN3AHF [1] SW3A decoupling input
capacitor
0.1 µF 0.1 µF 0.1 µF
CINSW3B [1] SW3B input capacitor 4.7 µF 4.7 µF 4.7 µF
CIN3BHF [1] SW3B decoupling input
capacitor
0.1µF 0.1 µF 0.1 µF
COSW3A [1] SW3A output capacitor 3 x 22 µF 2 x 22 µF 2 x 22 µF
COSW3B [1] SW3B output capacitor 2 x 22 µF 2 x 22 µF
LSW3A SW3A inductor 1.0 µH 1.0 µH 1.0 µH
LSW3B SW3B inductor 1.0 µH 1.0 µH
[1] Use X5R or X7R capacitors.
10.4.4.5.6 SW3A/B specifications
Table 76. SW3A/B electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = VINSW3x = 3.6 V, VSW3x = 1.5 V, ISW3x = 100 mA,
SW3x_PWRSTG[2:0] = [111], typical external component values, fSW3x = 2.0 MHz, single/dual phase and independent
mode unless, otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = VINSW3x = 3.6 V, VSW3x = 1.5 V, ISW3x = 100 mA,
SW3x_PWRSTG[2:0] = [111], and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
Switch mode supply SW3A/B
VINSW3x Operating input voltage [1] 2.8 4.5 V
VSW3x Nominal output voltage Table 63 V
VSW3xACC Output voltage accuracy
PWM, APS 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < ISW3x <
ISW3xMAX
0.625 V < VSW3x < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW3x < 1.975 V
2.0 V < VSW3x < 3.3 V
PFM, steady state (2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 <
ISW3x < 50 mA)
0.625 V < VSW3x < 0.675 V
0.7 V < VSW3x < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW3x < 1.975 V
2.0 V < VSW3x < 3.3 V
−25
−3.0 %
−6.0 %
−65
−45
−3.0 %
−3.0 %
25
3.0 %
6.0 %
65
45
3.0 %
3.0 %
mV
%
%
mV
mV
%
%
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
71 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
ISW3x Rated output load current
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0.625 V < VSW3x < 3.3 V
PWM, APS mode single/dual phase,
SW3xILIM = 0
PWM, APS mode independent (per phase),
SW3xILIM = 0
[2]
3000
1500
mA
ISW3xLIM Current limiter peak current detection
Single phase (current through inductor)
SW3xILIM = 0
SW3xILIM = 1
Independent mode or dual phase (current
through inductor per phase)
SW3xILIM = 0
SW3xILIM = 1
3.5
2.7
1.8
1.3
5.0
3.8
2.5
1.9
6.5
4.9
3.3
2.5
A
VSW3xOSH Startup overshoot
ISW3x = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN = VINSW3x =
4.5 V
66
mV
tONSW3x Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
ISW3x = 0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN = VINSW3x =
4.5 V
500
µs
fSW3x Switching frequency
SW3xFREQ[1:0] = 00
SW3xFREQ[1:0] = 01
SW3xFREQ[1:0] = 10
1.0
2.0
4.0
MHz
ηSW3AB Efficiency (single phase)
fSW3 = 2.0 MHz, LSW3x 1.0 µH
PFM, 1.5 V, 1.0 mA
PFM, 1.5 V, 50 mA
APS, PWM 1.5 V, 500 mA
APS, PWM 1.5 V, 750 mA
APS, PWM 1.5 V, 1250 mA
APS, PWM 1.5 V, 2500 mA
APS, PWM 1.5 V, 3000 mA
84
85
85
84
80
74
65
%
ΔVSW3x Output ripple 10 mV
VSW3xLIR Line regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW3xLOR DC load regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW3xLOTR Transient load regulation
Transient load = 0.0 mA to ISW3x/2, di/dt = 100
mA/µs
Overshoot
Undershoot
50
50
mV
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
72 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
ISW3xQ Quiescent current
PFM mode (single/dual phase)
APS mode (single/dual phase)
PFM mode (independent mode)
APS mode (SW3A independent mode)
APS mode (SW3B independent mode)
22
300
50
250
150
µA
RONSW3AP SW3A P-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW3A = 3.3 V
215
245
mΩ
RONSW3AN SW3A N-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW3A = 3.3 V
258
326
mΩ
ISW3APQ SW3A P-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW3A = 4.5 V
7.5
µA
ISW3ANQ SW3A N-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW3A = 4.5 V
2.5
µA
RONSW3BP SW3B P-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW3B = 3.3 V
215
245
mΩ
RONSW3BN SW3B N-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW3B = 3.3 V
258
326
mΩ
ISW3BPQ SW3B P-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW3B = 4.5 V
7.5
µA
ISW3BPQ SW3B N-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW3B = 4.5 V
2.5
µA
RSW3xDIS Discharge resistance 600
[1] When output is set to > 2.6 V, the output follows the input down when VIN gets near 2.8 V.
[2] The higher output voltage available depends on the voltage drop in the conduction path as given by the following equation: (VINSW3x − VSW3x) = ISW3x*
(DCR of inductor + RONSW3xP + PCB trace resistance).
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026492
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
73 / 137
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027178
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
APS
PWM
Figure 23. SW3AB efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.5 V; consumer version
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026493
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027179
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
APS
PWM
Figure 24. SW3AB efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.5 V; industrial version
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
74 / 137
10.4.4.6 SW4
SW4 is a 1.0 A rated single phase buck regulator capable of operating in two modes.
In default mode, it operates as a normal buck regulator with a programmable output
between 0.400 V and 3.300 V. It is capable of operating in the three available
switching modes: PFM, APS, and PWM, described in Table 28 and configured by the
SW4MODE[3:0] bits, as shown in Table 29.
If the system requires DDR memory termination, SW4 can be used in VTT mode. In the
VTT mode, the reference voltage tracks the output voltage of SW3A, scaled by 0.5. In
VTT mode, only the PWM switching mode is allowed. The VTT mode can be configured
by use of VTT bit in the OTP_SW4_CONFIG register.
Figure 25 shows the block diagram and the external component connections for the SW4
regulator.
CONTROLLER
ISENSE
aaa-026494
SW4IN SW4AMODE
SW4AFAULT
SW4LXSW4
VIN
SW4FB
DRIVER
I2C
INTERFACE
VREF
I2C
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
DAC
Z1
EP
COSW4
LSW4
CINSW4
Figure 25. SW4 block diagram
10.4.4.6.1 SW4 setup and control registers
To set the SW4 in regulator or VTT mode, bit VTT of the register OTP_SW4_CONF
register in Table 135 is programmed during OTP or TBB configuration; setting bit VTT
to 1 enables SW4 to operate in VTT mode and 0 in regulator mode. See Section 10.1.2
"One time programmability (OTP)" for detailed information on OTP configuration.
In regulator mode, the SW4 output voltage is programmable from 0.400 V to 3.300 V;
however, bit SW4[6] in the SW4VOLT register is read-only during normal operation. Its
value is determined by the default configuration, or may be changed by using the OTP
registers. Once SW4[6] is set to 0, the output is limited to the lower output voltage range
from 0.400 V to 1.975 V with 25 mV increments, as determined by the SW4[5:0] bits.
Likewise, once the SW4[6] bit is set to 1, the output voltage is limited to the higher output
voltage range from 0.800 V to 3.300 V with 50 mV increments, as determined by the
SW4[5:0] bits.
To optimize the performance of the regulator, it is recommended only voltage from
2.000 V to 3.300 V be used in the high range and the lower range be used for voltage
from 0.400 V to 1.975 V.
The output voltage set point is independently programmed for normal, standby, and sleep
mode by setting the SW4[5:0], SW4STBY[5:0], and SW4OFF[5:0] bits, respectively.
However, the initial state of the SW4[6] bit is copied into bits SW4STBY[6], and
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
75 / 137
SW4OFF[6] bits, so the output voltage range remains the same on all three operating
modes. Table 77 shows the output voltage coding valid for SW4.
Note: Voltage set points of 0.6 V and below are supported only in the VTT mode.
Table 77. SW4 output voltage configuration
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW4[6:0] SW4 output Set point SW4[6:0] SW4 output
0 0000000 0.4000 64 1000000 0.8000
1 0000001 0.4250 65 1000001 0.8500
2 0000010 0.4500 66 1000010 0.9000
3 0000011 0.4750 67 1000011 0.9500
4 0000100 0.5000 68 1000100 1.0000
5 0000101 0.5250 69 1000101 1.0500
6 0000110 0.5500 70 1000110 1.1000
7 0000111 0.5750 71 1000111 1.1500
8 0001000 0.6000 72 1001000 1.2000
9 0001001 0.6250 73 1001001 1.2500
10 0001010 0.6500 74 1001010 1.3000
11 0001011 0.6750 75 1001011 1.3500
12 0001100 0.7000 76 1001100 1.4000
13 0001101 0.7250 77 1001101 1.4500
14 0001110 0.7500 78 1001110 1.5000
15 0001111 0.7750 79 1001111 1.5500
16 0010000 0.8000 80 1010000 1.6000
17 0010001 0.8250 81 1010001 1.6500
18 0010010 0.8500 82 1010010 1.7000
19 0010011 0.8750 83 1010011 1.7500
20 0010100 0.9000 84 1010100 1.8000
21 0010101 0.9250 85 1010101 1.8500
22 0010110 0.9500 86 1010110 1.9000
23 0010111 0.9750 87 1010111 1.9500
24 0011000 1.0000 88 1011000 2.0000
25 0011001 1.0250 89 1011001 2.0500
26 0011010 1.0500 90 1011010 2.1000
27 0011011 1.0750 91 1011011 2.1500
28 0011100 1.1000 92 1011100 2.2000
29 0011101 1.1250 93 1011101 2.2500
30 0011110 1.1500 94 1011110 2.3000
31 0011111 1.1750 95 1011111 2.3500
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
76 / 137
Low output voltage range [1] High output voltage range
Set point SW4[6:0] SW4 output Set point SW4[6:0] SW4 output
32 0100000 1.2000 96 1100000 2.4000
33 0100001 1.2250 97 1100001 2.4500
34 0100010 1.2500 98 1100010 2.5000
35 0100011 1.2750 99 1100011 2.5500
36 0100100 1.3000 100 1100100 2.6000
37 0100101 1.3250 101 1100101 2.6500
38 0100110 1.3500 102 1100110 2.7000
39 0100111 1.3750 103 1100111 2.7500
40 0101000 1.4000 104 1101000 2.8000
41 0101001 1.4250 105 1101001 2.8500
42 0101010 1.4500 106 1101010 2.9000
43 0101011 1.4750 107 1101011 2.9500
44 0101100 1.5000 108 1101100 3.0000
45 0101101 1.5250 109 1101101 3.0500
46 0101110 1.5500 110 1101110 3.1000
47 0101111 1.5750 111 1101111 3.1500
48 0110000 1.6000 112 1110000 3.2000
49 0110001 1.6250 113 1110001 3.2500
50 0110010 1.6500 114 1110010 3.3000
51 0110011 1.6750 115 1110011 Reserved
52 0110100 1.7000 116 1110100 Reserved
53 0110101 1.7250 117 1110101 Reserved
54 0110110 1.7500 118 1110110 Reserved
55 0110111 1.7750 119 1110111 Reserved
56 0111000 1.8000 120 1111000 Reserved
57 0111001 1.8250 121 1111001 Reserved
58 0111010 1.8500 122 1111010 Reserved
59 0111011 1.8750 123 1111011 Reserved
60 0111100 1.9000 124 1111100 Reserved
61 0111101 1.9250 125 1111101 Reserved
62 0111110 1.9500 126 1111110 Reserved
63 0111111 1.9750 127 1111111 Reserved
[1] For voltage less than 2.0 V, use set points 0 to 63.
Full setup and control of SW4 is done through the I2C registers listed in Table 77. A
detailed description of each of the registers is provided in Table 79 to Table 83.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
77 / 137
Table 78. SW4 register summary
Register Address Description
SW4VOLT 0x4A Output voltage set point on normal operation
SW4STBY 0x4B Output voltage set point on standby
SW4OFF 0x4C Output voltage set point on sleep
SW4MODE 0x4D Switching mode selector register
SW4CONF 0x4E DVS, phase, frequency and ILIM configuration
Table 79. Register SW4VOLT - ADDR 0x4A
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW4 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW4 output voltage during normal operation mode.
See Table 77 for all possible configurations.
SW4 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW4. Set during
OTP or TBB configuration only. See Table 77 for all possible
configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 80. Register SW4STBY - ADDR 0x4B
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW4STBY 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW4 output voltage during standby mode. See
Table 77 for all possible configurations.
SW4STBY 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW4 in standby
mode. This bit inherits the value configured on bit SW4[6]
during OTP or TBB configuration. See Table 77 for all
possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 81. Register SW4OFF - ADDR 0x4C
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW4OFF 5:0 R/W 0x00 Sets the SW4 output voltage during sleep mode. See
Table 77 for all possible configurations.
SW4OFF 6 R 0x00 Sets the operating output voltage range for SW4 in sleep
mode. This bit inherits the value configured in bit SW4[6]
during OTP or TBB configuration. See Table 77 for all
possible configurations.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 82. Register SW4MODE - ADDR 0x4D
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW4MODE 3:0 R/W 0x08 Sets the SW4 switching operation mode. See Table 29 for all
possible configurations.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
78 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
SW4OMODE 5 R/W 0x00 Set status of SW4 when in sleep mode
0 = OFF
1 = PFM
UNUSED 7:6 0x00 unused
Table 83. Register SW4CONF - ADDR 0x4E
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW4ILIM 0 R/W 0x00 SW4 current limit level selection
0 = High-level current limit
1 = Low-level current limit
UNUSED 1 R/W 0x00 unused
SW4FREQ 3:2 R/W 0x00 SW4 switching frequency selector. See Table 36.
SW4PHASE 5:4 R/W 0x00 SW4 phase clock selection. See Table 34.
SW4DVSSPEED 7:6 R/W 0x00 SW4 DVS speed selection. See Table 33.
10.4.4.6.2 SW4 external components
Table 84. SW4 external component requirements
Components Description Values
CINSW4 [1] SW4 input capacitor 4.7 µF
CIN4HF [1] SW4 decoupling input capacitor 0.1 µF
COSW4[1] SW4 output capacitor 3 x 22 µF
LSW4 SW4 inductor 1.0 µH
[1] Use X5R or X7R capacitors.
10.4.4.6.3 SW4 specifications
Table 85. SW4 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = VINSW4 = 3.6 V, VSW4 = 1.8 V, ISW4 = 100 mA,
SW4_PWRSTG[2:0] = [101], typical external component values, fSW4 = 2.0 MHz, single/dual phase and independent
mode unless, otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = VINSW4 = 3.6 V, VSW4 = 1.8 V, ISW4 = 100 mA,
SW4_PWRSTG[2:0] = [101], and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
SWITCH MODE SUPPLY SW4
VINSW4 Operating input voltage [1] 2.8 4.5 V
VSW4 Nominal output voltage
Normal operation
VTT mode
Table 77
VSW3AFB/2
V
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
79 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VSW4ACC Output voltage accuracy
PWM, APS, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < ISW4 < 1.0 A
0.625 V < VSW4 < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW4 < 1.975 V
2.0 V < VSW4 < 3.3 V
PFM, steady state, 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < ISW4 <
50 mA
0.625 V < VSW4 < 0.675 V
0.7 V < VSW4 < 0.85 V
0.875 V < VSW4 < 1.975 V
2.0 V < VSW4 < 3.3 V
VTT Mode , 2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0 < ISW4 < 1.0 A
−25
−3.0
−6.0
−65
−45
−3.0
−3.0
−40
25
3.0
6.0
65
45
3.0
3.0
40
mV
%
%
mV
mV
%
%
mV
ISW4 Rated output load current
2.8 V < VIN < 4.5 V, 0.625 V < VSW4 < 3.3 V
[2]
1000
mA
ISW4LIM Current limiter peak current detection
Current through inductor
SW4ILIM = 0
SW4ILIM = 1
1.4
1.0
2.0
1.5
3.0
2.4
A
VSW4OSH Startup overshoot
ISW4 = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN = VINSW4 = 4.5 V
66
mV
tONSW4 Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value
ISW4 = 0.0 mA
DVS clk = 25 mV/4 µs, VIN = VINSW4 = 4.5 V
500
µs
fSW4 Switching frequency
SW4FREQ[1:0] = 00
SW4FREQ[1:0] = 01
SW4FREQ[1:0] = 10
1.0
2.0
4.0
MHz
ηSW4 Efficiency
fSW4 = 2.0 MHz, LSW4 = 1.0 µH
PFM, 1.8 V, 1.0 mA
PFM, 1.8 V, 50 mA
APS, PWM 1.8 V, 200 mA
APS, PWM 1.8 V, 500 mA
APS, PWM 1.8 V, 1000 mA
PWM 0.75 V, 200 mA
PWM 0.75 V, 500 mA
PWM 0.75 V, 1000 mA
81
78
87
88
83
78
76
66
%
ΔVSW4 Output ripple 10 mV
VSW4LIR Line regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
VSW4LOR DC load regulation (APS, PWM) 20 mV
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
80 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VSW4LOTR Transient load regulation
Transient load = 0.0 mA to 500 mA,
di/dt = 100 mA/µs
Overshoot
Undershoot
50
50
mV
ISW4Q Quiescent current
PFM mode
APS mode
22
145
µA
RONSW4P SW4 P-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW4 = 3.3 V
236
274
mΩ
RONSW4N SW4 N-MOSFET RDS(on)
at VIN = VINSW4 = 3.3 V
293
378
mΩ
ISW4PQ SW4 P-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW4 = 4.5 V
6.0
µA
ISW4NQ SW4 N-MOSFET leakage current
VIN = VINSW4 = 4.5 V
2.0
µA
RSW4DIS Discharge resistance 600
[1] When output is set to > 2.6 V, the output follows the input down when VIN gets near 2.8 V.
[2] The higher output voltage available depends on the voltage drop in the conduction path as given by the following equation:
(VINSW3x − VSW3x) = ISW3x* (DCR of inductor + RONSW3xP + PCB trace resistance).
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026495
40
60
20
80
30
50
10
70
90
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
81 / 137
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027180
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PWM
Figure 26. SW4 efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.8 V; consumer version
load current (mA)
0.1 1000100101.0
aaa-026496
40
60
20
80
30
50
10
70
90
efficiency
(%)
0
PFM
load current (mA)
10 100001000100
aaa-027181
40
60
20
80
100
efficiency
(%)
0
PWM
Figure 27. SW4 efficiency waveforms: VIN = 4.2 V; VOUT = 1.8 V; industrial version
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
82 / 137
10.4.5 Boost regulator
SWBST is a boost regulator with a programmable output from 5.0 V to 5.15 V.
SWBST can supply the VUSB regulator for the USB PHY in OTG mode, as well as
the VBUS voltage. Note that the parasitic leakage path for a boost regulator causes
the SWBSTOUT and SWBSTFB voltage to be a Schottky drop below the input voltage
whenever SWBST is disabled. The switching NMOS transistor is integrated on-chip.
Figure 28 shows the block diagram and component connection for the boost regulator.
CONTROLLER
aaa-026497
SWBSTIN
SWBSTMODE
SWBSTFAULT
SWBSTLX
VIN
SWBSTFB
DRIVER
I2C
INTERFACE
INTERNAL
COMPENSATION
EA
Z2
Z1
EP
OC
SC
UV
COSWBST
CINBST LBST
RSENSE
VOBST
DBST
VREFUV
VREF
VREFSC
Figure 28. Boost regulator architecture
10.4.5.1 SWBST setup and control
Boost regulator control is done through a single register SWBSTCTL described in
Table 86. SWBST is included in the power-up sequence if its OTP power-up timing bits,
SWBST_SEQ[4:0], are not all zeros.
Table 86. Register SWBSTCTL - ADDR 0x66
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SWBST1VOLT 1:0 R/W 0x00 Set the output voltage for SWBST
00 = 5.000 V
01 = 5.050 V
10 = 5.100 V
11 = 5.150 V
SWBST1MODE 3:2 R 0x02 Set the switching mode in normal operation
00 = OFF
01 = PFM
10 = Auto (default) [1]
11 = APS
UNUSED 4 0x00 unused
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
83 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SWBST1STBYMODE 6:5 R/W 0x02 Set the switching mode in standby
00 = OFF
01 = PFM
10 = Auto (default)[1]
11 = APS
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
[1] In auto mode, the controller automatically switches between PFM and APS modes, depending on the load current. The SWBST regulator starts up by
default in the auto mode if SWBST is part of the startup sequence.
10.4.5.2 SWBST external components
Table 87. SWBST external component requirements
Components Description Values
CINBST [1] SWBST input capacitor 10 µF
CINBSTHF [1] SWBST decoupling input capacitor 0.1 µF
COBST [1] SWBST output capacitor 2 x 22 µF
LSBST SWBST inductor 2.2 µH
DBST SWBST boost diode 1.0 A, 20 V Schottky
[1] Use X5R or X7R capacitors.
10.4.5.3 SWBST specifications
Table 88. SWBST Electrical Specifications
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = VINSWBST = 3.6 V, VSWBST = 5.0 V, ISWBST = 100 mA,
typical external component values, fSWBST = 2.0 MHz, otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = VINSWBST
= 3.6 V, VSWBST = 5.0 V, ISWBST = 100 mA, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameters Min Typ Max Units
Switch mode supply SWBST
VINSWBST Input voltage range 2.8 4.5 V
VSWBST Nominal output voltage Table 86 V
VSWBSTACC Output voltage accuracy
2.8 V ≤ VIN ≤ 4.5 V
0 < ISWBST < ISWBSTMAX
−4.0
3.0
%
ΔVSWBST Output ripple
2.8 V ≤ VIN ≤ 4.5 V
0 < ISWBST < ISWBSTMAX, excluding reverse
recovery of Schottky diode
120
mVpk-pk
VSWBSTLOR DC load regulation
0 < ISWBST < ISWBSTMAX
0.5
mV/mA
VSWBSTLIR DC line regulation
2.8 V ≤ VIN ≤ 4.5 V, ISWBST = ISWBSTMAX
50
mV
ISWBST Continuous load current
2.8 V ≤ VIN ≤ 3.0 V
3.0 V ≤ VIN ≤ 4.5 V
500
600
mA
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
84 / 137
Symbol Parameters Min Typ Max Units
ISWBSTQ Quiescent current
Auto
222
289
µA
RDSONBST MOSFET on resistance 206 306 mΩ
ISWBSTLIM Peak current limit [1] 1400 2200 3200 mA
VSWBSTOSH Startup overshoot
ISWBST = 0.0 mA
500
mV
VSWBSTTR Transient load response
ISWBST from 1.0 mA to 100 mA in 1.0 µs
Maximum transient amplitude
300
mV
VSWBSTTR Transient load response
ISWBST from 100 mA to 1.0 mA in 1.0 µs
Maximum transient amplitude
300
mV
tSWBSTTR Transient load response
ISWBST from 1.0 mA to 100 mA in 1.0 µs
Time to settle 80 % of transient
500
µs
tSWBSTTR Transient load response
ISWBST from 100 mA to 1.0 mA in 1.0 µs
Time to settle 80 % of transient
20
ms
ISWBSTHSQ NMOS Off leakage
SWBSTIN = 4.5 V, SWBSTMODE [1:0] = 00
1.0
5.0
µA
tONSWBST Turn-on time
Enable to 90 % of VSWBST, ISWBST = 0.0 mA
2.0
ms
fSWBST Switching frequency 2.0 MHz
ηSWBST Efficiency
ISWBST = ISWBSTMAX
86
%
[1] Only in auto mode
10.4.6 LDO regulators description
This section describes the LDO regulators provided by the PF4210. All regulators use the
main band gap as reference. See Section 10.3 "Bias and references block description",
for more information on the internal reference voltages.
A low-power mode is automatically activated by reducing bias currents when the load
current is less than I_Lmax/5. However, the lowest bias currents may be attained by
forcing the part into its low-power mode by setting the VGENxLPWR bit. The use of this
bit is only recommended when the load is expected to be less than I_Lmax/50, otherwise
performance may be degraded.
When a regulator is disabled, the output is discharged by an internal pull down. The pull
down is also activated when RESETBMCU is low.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
85 / 137
aaa-026498
I2C
INTERFACE
CGENx
VGENx
VGENx
VGENxLPWR
VGENxEN
VGENx
DISCHARGE
VREF
VINx
VINx
Figure 29. General LDO block diagram
10.4.6.1 Transient response waveforms
Idealized stimulus and response waveforms for transient line and transient load tests
are depicted in Figure 30. Note that the transient line and load response refers to the
overshoot, or undershoot only, excluding the DC shift.
IMAX
ILOAD
IMAX/10
Transient load stimulus
1.0 µs 1.0 µs undershoot
overshoot
VOUT
IL = IMAX/10 IL = IMAX
VOUT transient load reponse
Transient line stimulus
10 µs 10 µs undershoot
overshoot
VOUT
aaa-026499
VINx_INITIAL
VINx
VINx_FINAL
VINx_FINAL
VINx_INITIAL
VOUT transient line reponse
Figure 30. Transient waveforms
10.4.6.2 Short-circuit protection
All general purpose LDOs have short-circuit protection capability. The Short-Circuit
Protection (SCP) system includes debounced fault condition detection, regulator
shutdown, and processor interrupt generation, to contain failures and minimize the
chance of product damage. If a short-circuit condition is detected, the LDO is disabled
by resetting its VGENxEN bit, while at the same time, an interrupt VGENxFAULTI is
generated to flag the fault to the system processor. The VGENxFAULTI interrupt is
maskable through the VGENxFAULTM mask bit.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
86 / 137
The SCP feature is enabled by setting the REGSCPEN bit. If this bit is not set, the
regulators do not automatically disable upon a short-circuit detection. However, the
current limiter continues to limit the output current of the regulator. By default, the
REGSCPEN is not set; therefore, at startup none of the regulators are disabled if
an overloaded condition occurs. A fault interrupt, VGENxFAULTI, is generated in an
overload condition regardless of the state of the REGSCPEN bit. See Table 89 for SCP
behavior configuration.
Table 89. Short-circuit behavior
REGSCPEN[0] Short-circuit behavior
0 Current limit
1 Shutdown
10.4.6.3 LDO regulator control
Each LDO is fully controlled through its respective VGENxCTL register. This register
enables the user to set the LDO output voltage according to Table 90 for VGEN1 and
VGEN2; and uses the voltage set point in Table 91 for VGEN3 through VGEN6.
Table 90. VGEN1, VGEN2 output voltage configuration
Set point VGENx[3:0] VGENx output (V)
0 0000 0.800
1 0001 0.850
2 0010 0.900
3 0011 0.950
4 0100 1.000
5 0101 1.050
6 0110 1.100
7 0111 1.150
8 1000 1.200
9 1001 1.250
10 1010 1.300
11 1011 1.350
12 1100 1.400
13 1101 1.450
14 1110 1.500
15 1111 1.550
Table 91. VGEN3/ 4/ 5/ 6 output voltage configuration
Set point VGENx[3:0] VGENx output (V)
0 0000 1.80
1 0001 1.90
2 0010 2.00
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
87 / 137
Set point VGENx[3:0] VGENx output (V)
3 0011 2.10
4 0100 2.20
5 0101 2.30
6 0110 2.40
7 0111 2.50
8 1000 2.60
9 1001 2.70
10 1010 2.80
11 1011 2.90
12 1100 3.00
13 1101 3.10
14 1110 3.20
15 1111 3.30
In addition to the output voltage configuration, the LDOs can be enabled or disabled
at anytime during normal mode operation, as well as programmed to stay ON or be
disabled when the PMIC enters standby mode. Each regulator has associated I2C bits
for this. Table 92 presents a summary of all valid combinations of the control bits on
VGENxCTL register and the expected behavior of the LDO output.
Table 92. LDO control (except VGEN1)
VGENxEN VGENxLPWR VGENxSTBY STANDBY[1] VGENxOUT
0 X X X Off
1 0 0 X On
1 1 0 X Low power
1 X 1 0 On
1011Off
1 1 1 1 Low power
[1] STANDBY refers to a standby event.
Table 93 through Table 98 provide a description of all registers necessary to operate all
six general purpose LDO regulators.
Table 93. Register VGEN1CTL - ADDR 0x6C
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN1 3:0 R/W 0x80 Sets VGEN1 output voltage. See Table 90 for all possible
configurations.
VGEN1EN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VGEN1 output
0 = OFF
1 = ON
VGEN1STBY 5 R/W 0x00 Set VGEN1 output state when in standby. See Table 92.
VGEN1LPWR 6 R/W 0x00 Enable low-power mode for VGEN1. See Table 92.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
88 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 94. Register VGEN2CTL - ADDR 0x6D
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN2 3:0 R/W 0x80 Sets VGEN2 output voltage. See Table 90 for all possible
configurations.
VGEN2EN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VGEN2 output
0 = OFF
1 = ON
VGEN2STBY 5 R/W 0x00 Set VGEN2 output state when in standby. See Table 92.
VGEN2LPWR 6 R/W 0x00 Enable low-power mode for VGEN2. See Table 92.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 95. Register VGEN3CTL - ADDR 0x6E
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN3 3:0 R/W 0x80 Sets VGEN3 output voltage.
See Table 91 for all possible configurations.
VGEN3EN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VGEN3 output
0 = OFF
1 = ON
VGEN3STBY 5 R/W 0x00 Set VGEN3 output state when in standby. Refer to Table 92.
VGEN3LPWR 6 R/W 0x00 Enable low-power mode for VGEN3. Refer to Table 92.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 96. Register VGEN4CTL - ADDR 0x6F
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN4 3:0 R/W 0x80 Sets VGEN4 output voltage. See Table 91 for all possible
configurations.
VGEN4EN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VGEN4 output
0 = OFF
1 = ON
VGEN4STBY 5 R/W 0x00 Set VGEN4 output state when in standby. See Table 92.
VGEN4LPWR 6 R/W 0x00 Enable low-power mode for VGEN4. See Table 92.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
89 / 137
Table 97. Register VGEN5CTL - ADDR 0x70
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN5 3:0 R/W 0x80 Sets VGEN5 output voltage. See Table 91 for all possible
configurations.
VGEN5EN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VGEN5 output
0 = OFF
1 = ON
VGEN5STBY 5 R/W 0x00 Set VGEN5 output state when in standby. See Table 92.
VGEN5LPWR 6 R/W 0x00 Enable low-power mode for VGEN5. See Table 92.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
Table 98. Register VGEN6CTL - ADDR 0x71
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN6 3:0 R/W 0x80 Sets VGEN6 output voltage. See Table 91 for all possible
configurations.
VGEN6EN 4 R/W 0x00 Enables or disables VGEN6 output
0 = OFF
1 = ON
VGEN6STBY 5 R/W 0x00 Set VGEN6 output state when in standby. See Table 92.
VGEN6LPWR 6 R/W 0x00 Enable low-power mode for VGEN6. See Table 92.
UNUSED 7 0x00 unused
10.4.6.4 External components
Table 99 lists the typical component values for the general purpose LDO regulators.
Table 99. LDO external components
Regulator Output capacitor (µF) [1]
VGEN1 2.2
VGEN2 4.7
VGEN3 2.2
VGEN4 4.7
VGEN5 2.2
VGEN6 2.2
[1] Use X5R/X7R ceramic capacitors.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
90 / 137
10.4.6.5 LDO specifications
10.4.6.5.1 VGEN1
Table 100. VGEN1 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VIN1 = 3.0 V, VGEN1[3:0] = 1111, IGEN1 = 10 mA,
typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, IN1 = 3.0 V,
VGEN1[3:0] = 1111, IGEN1 = 10 mA, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN1
VIN1 Operating input voltage 1.75 3.40 V
VGEN1NOM Nominal output voltage Table 90 V
IGEN1 Operating load current 0.0 100 mA
VGEN1 DC
VGEN1TOL Output voltage tolerance
1.75 V < VIN1 < 3.4 V
0.0 mA < IGEN1 < 100 mA
VGEN1[3:0] = 0000 to 1111
−3.0
3.0
%
VGEN1LOR Load regulation
(VGEN1 at IGEN1 = 100 mA) − (VGEN1 at IGEN1
= 0.0 mA)
For any 1.75 V < VIN1 < 3.4 V
0.15
mV/mA
VGEN1LIR Line regulation
(VGEN1 at VIN1 = 3.4 V) − (VGEN1 at VIN1 =
1.75 V)
For any 0.0 mA < IGEN1 < 100 mA
0.30
mV/mA
IGEN1LIM Current limit
IGEN1 when VGEN1 is forced to
VGEN1NOM/2
122
167
200
mA
IGEN1OCP Overcurrent protection threshold
IGEN1 required to cause the SCP function to
disable LDO when REGSCPEN = 1
115
200
mA
IGEN1Q Quiescent current
No load, change in IVIN and IVIN1
When VGEN1 enabled
14
µA
VGEN1 AC and transient
PSRRVGEN1 PSRR
IGEN1 = 75 mA, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VGEN1[3:0] = 0000 to 1101
VGEN1[3:0] = 1110, 1111
[1]
50
37
60
45
dB
NOISEVGEN1 Output noise density
VIN1 = 1.75 V, IGEN1 = 75 mA
100 Hz to < 1.0 kHz
1.0 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to 1.0 MHz
−108
−118
−124
−100
−108
−112
dBV/√Hz
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
91 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
SLWRVGEN1 Turn on slew rate
10 % to 90 % of end value
1.75 V ≤ VIN1 ≤ 3.4 V, IGEN1 = 0.0 mA
VGEN1[3:0] = 0000 to 0111
VGEN1[3:0] = 1000 to 1111
12.5
16.5
mV/µs
GEN1tON Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value, VIN1 = 1.75 V,
3.4 V
IGEN1 = 0.0 mA
60
500
µs
GEN1OSHT Startup overshoot
VIN1 = 1.75 V, 3.4 V, IGEN1 = 0.0 mA
1.0
2.0
%
VGEN1LOTR Transient load response
VIN1 = 1.75 V, 3.4 V
IGEN1 = 10 mA to 100 mA in 1.0 µs. Peak
of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN1 with
respect to final value
Peak of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN1
with respect to final value. See Figure 30
3.0
%
VGEN1LITR Transient line response
IGEN1 = 75 mA
VIN1INITIAL = 1.75 V to VIN1FINAL = 2.25 V
for VGEN1[3:0] = 0000 to 1101
VIN1INITIAL = VGEN1 + 0.3 V to VIN1FINAL =
VGEN1 + 0.8 V for VGEN1[3:0] = 1110, 1111
See Figure 30
5.0
8.0
mV
[1] The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbing signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is supplied separately from
the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements, care must be taken not to operate in the dropout region of the
regulator under test.
10.4.6.5.2 VGEN2
Table 101. VGEN2 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VIN1 = 3.0 V, VGEN2[3:0] = 1111, IGEN2 = 10 mA,
typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VIN1 = 3.0 V,
VGEN2[3:0] = 1111, IGEN2 = 10 mA and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN2
VIN1 Operating input voltage 1.75 3.40 V
VGEN2NOM Nominal output voltage Table 90 V
IGEN2 Operating load current 0.0 250 mA
VGEN2 active mode - DC
VGEN2TOL Output voltage tolerance
1.75 V < VIN1 < 3.4 V
0.0 mA < IGEN2 < 250 mA
VGEN2[3:0] = 0000 to 1111
−3.0
3.0
%
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
92 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN2LOR Load regulation
(VGEN2 at IGEN2 = 250 mA) − (VGEN2 at IGEN2
= 0.0 mA)
For any 1.75 V < VIN1 < 3.4 V
0.05
mV/mA
VGEN2LIR Line regulation
(VGEN2 at VIN1 = 3.4 V) − (VGEN2 at VIN1 =
1.75 V)
For any 0.0 mA < IGEN2 < 250 mA
0.50
mV/mA
IGEN2LIM Current limit
IGEN2 when VGEN2 is forced to
VGEN2NOM/2
305
417
510
mA
IGEN2OCP Overcurrent protection threshold
IGEN2 required to cause the SCP function to
disable LDO when REGSCPEN = 1
290
500
mA
IGEN2Q Quiescent current
No load, change in IVIN and IVIN1
When VGEN2 enabled
16
µA
VGEN2 AC and transient
PSRRVGEN2 PSRR
IGEN2 = 187.5 mA, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VGEN2[3:0] = 0000 to 1101
VGEN2[3:0] = 1110, 1111
[1]
50
37
60
45
dB
NOISEVGEN2 Output noise density
VIN1 = 1.75 V, IGEN2 = 187.5 mA
100 Hz to < 1.0 kHz
1.0 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to 1.0 MHz
−108
−118
−124
−100
−108
−112
dBV/√Hz
SLWRVGEN2 Turn on slew rate
10 % to 90 % of end value
1.75 V ≤ VIN1 ≤ 3.4 V, IGEN2 = 0.0 mA
VGEN2[3:0] = 0000 to 0111
VGEN2[3:0] = 1000 to 1111
12.5
16.5
mV/µs
GEN2tON Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value, VIN1 = 1.75 V,
3.4 V
IGEN2 = 0.0 mA
60
500
µs
GEN2tOFF Turn off time
Disable to 10 % of initial value, VIN1 = 1.75 V
IGEN2 = 0.0 mA
10
ms
GEN2OSHT Startup overshoot
VIN1 = 1.75 V, 3.4 V, IGEN2 = 0.0 mA
1.0
2.0
%
VGEN2LOTR Transient load response
VIN1 = 1.75 V, 3.4 V
IGEN2 = 25 to 250 mA in 1.0 µs
Peak of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN2
with respect to final value. See Figure 30
3.0
%
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
93 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN2LITR Transient line response
IGEN2 = 187.5 mA
VIN1INITIAL = 1.75 V to VIN1FINAL = 2.25 V
for VGEN2[3:0] = 0000 to 1101
VIN1INITIAL = VGEN2 + 0.3 V to VIN1FINAL =
VGEN2 + 0.8 V for VGEN2[3:0] = 1110, 1111
See Figure 30
5.0
8.0
mV
[1] The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbing signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is supplied separately from
the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements, care must be taken not to operate in the dropout region of the
regulator under test.
10.4.6.5.3 VGEN3
Table 102. VGEN3 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VIN2 = 3.6 V, VGEN3[3:0] = 1111, IGEN3 = 10 mA,
typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VIN2 = 3.6 V,
VGEN3[3:0] = 1111, IGEN3 = 10 mA, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN3
VIN2 Operating input voltage
1.8 V ≤ VGEN3NOM ≤ 2.5 V
2.6 V ≤ VGEN3NOM ≤ 3.3 V
[1]
2.8
VGEN3NOM
+ 0.250
3.6
3.6
V
VGEN3NOM Nominal output voltage Table 91 V
IGEN3 Operating load current 0.0 100 mA
VGEN3 DC
VGEN3TOL Output voltage tolerance
VIN2MIN < VIN2 < 3.6 V
0.0 mA < IGEN3 < 100 mA
VGEN3[3:0] = 0000 to 1111
−3.0
3.0
%
VGEN3LOR Load regulation
(VGEN3 at IGEN3 = 100 mA) − (VGEN3 at IGEN3
= 0.0 mA)
For any VIN2MIN < VIN2 < 3.6 V
0.07
mV/mA
VGEN3LIR Line regulation
(VGEN3 at VIN2 = 3.6 V) − (VGEN3 at VIN2MIN )
For any 0.0 mA < IGEN3 < 100 mA
0.8
mV/mA
IGEN3LIM Current limit
IGEN3 when VGEN3 is forced to
VGEN3NOM/2
127
167
200
mA
IGEN3OCP Overcurrent protection threshold
IGEN3 required to cause the SCP function to
disable LDO when REGSCPEN = 1
120
200
mA
IGEN3Q Quiescent current
No load, change in IVIN and IVIN2
When VGEN3 enabled
13
µA
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
94 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN3 AC and transient
PSRRVGEN3 PSRR
IGEN3 = 75 mA, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VGEN3[3:0] = 0000 to 1110, VIN2 = VIN2MIN
+ 100 mV
VGEN3[3:0] = 0000 to 1000, VIN2 =
VGEN3NOM + 1.0 V
[2]
35
55
40
60
dB
NOISEVGEN3 Output noise density
VIN2 = VIN2MIN, IGEN3 = 75 mA
100 Hz to < 1.0 kHz
1.0 kHz to < 10 kHz
10 kHz to 1.0 MHz
−114
−129
−135
−102
−123
−130
dBV/√Hz
SLWRVGEN3 Turn on slew rate
10 % to 90 % of end value
VIN2MIN ≤ VIN2 ≤ 3.6 V, IGEN3 = 0.0 mA
VGEN3[3:0] = 0000 to 0011
VGEN3[3:0] = 0100 to 0111
VGEN3[3:0] = 1000 to 1011
VGEN3[3:0] = 1100 to 1111
22.0
26.5
30.5
34.5
mV/µs
GEN3tON Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value, VIN2 =
VIN2MIN, 3.6 V
IGEN3 = 0.0 mA
60
500
µs
GEN3tOFF Turn off time
Disable to 10 % of initial value, VIN2 =
VIN2MIN
IGEN3 = 0.0 mA
10
ms
GEN3OSHT Startup overshoot
VIN2 = VIN2MIN, 3.6 V, IGEN3 = 0.0 mA
1.0
2.0
%
VGEN3LOTR Transient load response
VIN2 = VIN2MIN, 3.6 V
IGEN3 = 10 to 100 mA in 1.0 µs
Peak of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN3
with respect to final value. See Figure 30
3.0
%
VGEN3LITR Transient line response
IGEN3 = 75 mA
VIN2INITIAL = 2.8 V to VIN2FINAL = 3.3 V for
VGEN3[3:0] = 0000 to 0111
VIN2INITIAL = VGEN3 + 0.3 V to VIN2FINAL
= VGEN3 + 0.8 V for VGEN3[3:0] = 1000 to
1010
VIN2INITIAL = VGEN3 + 0.25 V to VIN2FINAL =
3.6 V for VGEN3[3:0] = 1011 to 1111
See Figure 30
5.0
8.0
mV
[1] When the LDO output voltage is set above 2.6 V, the minimum allowed input voltage needs to be at least the output voltage plus 0.25 V, for proper
regulation due to the dropout voltage generated through the internal LDO transistor.
[2] The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbing signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is supplied separately from
the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements, care must be taken not to operate in the dropout region of the
regulator under test. VIN2MIN refers to the minimum allowed input voltage for a particular output voltage.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
95 / 137
10.4.6.5.4 VGEN4
Table 103. VGEN4 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VIN2 = 3.6 V, VGEN4[3:0] = 1111, IGEN4 = 10 mA,
typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VIN2 = 3.6 V,
VGEN4[3:0] = 1111, IGEN4 = 10 mA, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN4
VIN2 Operating input voltage
1.8 V ≤ VGEN4NOM ≤ 2.5 V
2.6 V ≤ VGEN4NOM ≤ 3.3 V
[1]
2.8
VGEN4NOM
+ 0.250
3.6
3.6
V
VGEN4NOM Nominal output voltage Table 91 V
IGEN4 Operating load current 0.0 350 mA
VGEN4 DC
VGEN4TOL Output voltage tolerance
VIN2MIN < VIN2 < 3.6 V
0.0 mA < IGEN4 < 350 mA
VGEN4[3:0] = 0000 to 1111
−3.0
3.0
%
VGEN4LOR Load regulation
(VGEN4 at IGEN4 = 350 mA) − (VGEN4 at IGEN4
= 0.0 mA )
For any VIN2MIN < VIN2 < 3.6 V
0.07
mV/mA
VGEN4LIR Line regulation
(VGEN4 at 3.6 V) − (VGEN4 at VIN2MIN)
For any 0.0 mA < IGEN4 < 350 mA
0.80
mV/mA
IGEN4LIM Current limit
IGEN4 when VGEN4 is forced to
VGEN4NOM/2
435
584.5
700
mA
IGEN4OCP Overcurrent protection threshold
IGEN4 required to cause the SCP function to
disable LDO when REGSCPEN = 1
420
700
mA
IGEN4Q Quiescent current
No load, change in IVIN and IVIN2
When VGEN4 enabled
13
µA
VGEN4 AC and transient
PSRRVGEN4 PSRR
IGEN4 = 262.5 mA, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VGEN4[3:0] = 0000 to 1110, VIN2 = VIN2MIN
+ 100 mV
VGEN4[3:0] = 0000 to 1000, VIN2 =
VGEN4NOM + 1.0 V
[2]
35
55
40
60
dB
NOISEVGEN4 Output noise density
VIN2 = VIN2MIN, IGEN4 = 262.5 mA
100 Hz to <1.0 kHz
1.0 kHz to <10 kHz
10 kHz to 1.0 MHz
−114
−129
−135
−102
−123
−130
dBV/√Hz
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
96 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
SLWRVGEN4 Turn on slew rate
10 % to 90 % of end value
VIN2MIN ≤ VIN2 ≤ 3.6 V, IGEN4 = 0.0 mA
VGEN4[3:0] = 0000 to 0011
VGEN4[3:0] = 0100 to 0111
VGEN4[3:0] = 1000 to 1011
VGEN4[3:0] = 1100 to 1111
22.0
26.5
30.5
34.5
mV/µs
GEN4tON Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value, VIN2 =
VIN2MIN, 3.6 V
IGEN4 = 0.0 mA
60
500
µs
GEN4tOFF Turn off time
Disable to 10 % of initial value, VIN2 =
VIN2MIN
IGEN4 = 0.0 mA
10
ms
GEN4OSHT Startup overshoot
VIN2 = VIN2MIN, 3.6 V, IGEN4 = 0.0 mA
1.0
2.0
%
VGEN4LOTR Transient load response
VIN2 = VIN2MIN, 3.6 V
IGEN4 = 35 to 350 mA in 1.0 µs
Peak of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN4
with respect to final value. See Figure 30
3.0
%
VGEN4LITR Transient line response
IGEN4 = 262.5 mA
VIN2INITIAL = 2.8 V to VIN2FINAL = 3.3 V for
VGEN4[3:0] = 0000 to 0111
VIN2INITIAL = VGEN4 + 0.3 V to VIN2FINAL
= VGEN4 + 0.8 V for VGEN4[3:0] = 1000 to
1010
VIN2INITIAL = VGEN4 + 0.25 V to VIN2FINAL =
3.6 V for VGEN4[3:0] = 1011 to 1111
See Figure 30
5.0
8.0
mV
[1] When the LDO output voltage is set above 2.6 V the minimum allowed input voltage need to be at least the output voltage plus 0.25 V for proper
regulation due to the dropout voltage generated through the internal LDO transistor.
[2] The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbing signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is supplied separately from
the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements, care must be taken not to operate in the dropout region of the
regulator under test. VIN2MIN refers to the minimum allowed input voltage for a particular output voltage.
10.4.6.5.5 VGEN5
Table 104. VGEN5 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VIN3 = 3.6 V, VGEN5[3:0] = 1111, IGEN5 = 10 mA,
typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VIN3 = 3.6 V,
VGEN5[3:0] = 1111, IGEN5 = 10 mA, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN5
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
97 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VIN3 Operating input voltage
1.8 V ≤ VGEN5NOM ≤ 2.5 V
2.6 V ≤ VGEN5NOM ≤ 3.3 V
[1]
2.8
VGEN5NOM
+ 0.250
4.5
4.5
V
VGEN5NOM Nominal output voltage Table 91 V
IGEN5 Operating load current 0.0 100 mA
VGEN5 active mode – DC
VGEN5TOL Output voltage tolerance
VIN3MIN < VIN3 < 4.5 V
0.0 mA < IGEN5 < 100 mA
VGEN5[3:0] = 0000 to 1111
−3.0
3.0
%
VGEN5LOR Load regulation
(VGEN5 at IGEN5 = 100 mA) − (VGEN5 at IGEN5
= 0.0 mA)
For any VIN3MIN < VIN3 < 4.5 mV
0.10
mV/mA
VGEN5LIR Line regulation
(VGEN5 at VIN3 = 4.5 V) − (VGEN5 at VIN3MIN)
For any 0.0 mA < IGEN5 < 100 mA
0.50
mV/mA
IGEN5LIM Current limit
IGEN5 when VGEN5 is forced to
VGEN5NOM/2
122
167
200
mA
IGEN5OCP Overcurrent protection threshold
IGEN5 required to cause the SCP function to
disable LDO when REGSCPEN = 1
120
200
mA
IGEN5Q Quiescent current
No load, change in IVIN and IVIN3
When VGEN5 enabled
13
µA
VGEN5 AC and transient
PSRRVGEN5 PSRR
IGEN5 = 75 mA, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VGEN5[3:0] = 0000 to 1111, VIN3 = VIN3MIN
+ 100 mV
VGEN5[3:0] = 0000 to 1111, VIN3 =
VGEN5NOM + 1.0 V
[2]
35
52
40
60
dB
NOISEVGEN5 Output noise density
VIN3 = VIN3MIN, IGEN5 = 75 mA
100 Hz to <1.0 kHz
1.0 kHz to <10 kHz
10 kHz to 1.0 MHz
−114
−129
−135
−102
−123
−130
dBV/√Hz
SLWRVGEN5 Turn on slew rate
10 % to 90 % of end value
VIN3MIN ≤ VIN3 ≤ 4.5 mV, IGEN5 = 0.0 mA
VGEN5[3:0] = 0000 to 0011
VGEN5[3:0] = 0100 to 0111
VGEN5[3:0] = 1000 to 1011
VGEN5[3:0] = 1100 to 1111
22.0
26.5
30.5
34.5
mV/µs
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
98 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
GEN5tON Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value, VIN3 =
VIN3MIN, 4.5 V
IGEN5 = 0.0 mA
60
500
µs
GEN5tOFF Turn off time
Disable to 10 % of initial value, VIN3 =
VIN3MIN
IGEN5 = 0.0 mA
10
ms
GEN5OSHT Startup overshoot
VIN3 = VIN3MIN, 4.5 V, IGEN5 = 0.0 mA
1.0
2.0
%
VGEN5LOTR Transient load response
VIN3 = VIN3MIN, 4.5 V
IGEN5 = 10 to 100 mA in 1.0 µs
Peak of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN5
with respect to final value. See Figure 30
3.0
%
VGEN5LITR Transient line response
IGEN5 = 75 mA
VIN3INITIAL = 2.8 V to VIN3FINAL = 3.3 V for
VGEN5[3:0] = 0000 to 0111
VIN3INITIAL = VGEN5 + 0.3 V to VIN3FINAL
= VGEN5 + 0.8 V for VGEN5[3:0] = 1000 to
1111
See Figure 30
5.0
8.0
mV
[1] When the LDO output voltage is set above 2.6 V the minimum allowed input voltage need to be at least the output voltage plus 0.25 V for proper
regulation due to the dropout voltage generated through the internal LDO transistor.
[2] The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbing signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is supplied separately from
the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements, care must be taken not to operate in the dropout region of the
regulator under test. VIN3MIN refers to the minimum allowed input voltage for a particular output voltage.
10.4.6.5.6 VGEN6
Table 105. VGEN6 electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VIN3 = 3.6 V, VGEN6[3:0] = 1111, IGEN6 = 10 mA,
typical external component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VIN3 = 3.6 V,
VGEN6[3:0] = 1111, IGEN6 = 10 mA, and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN6
VIN3 Operating input voltage
1.8 V ≤ VGEN6NOM ≤ 2.5 V
2.6 V ≤ VGEN6NOM ≤ 3.3 V
[1]
2.8
VGEN6NOM
+ 0.250
4.5
4.5
V
VGEN6NOM Nominal output voltage Table 91 V
IGEN6 Operating load current 0.0 200 mA
VGEN6 DC
VGEN6TOL Output voltage tolerance
VIN3MIN < VIN3 < 4.5 V
0.0 mA < IGEN6 < 200 mA
VGEN6[3:0] = 0000 to 1111
−3.0
3.0
%
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
99 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN6LOR Load regulation
(VGEN6 at IGEN6 = 200 mA) − (VGEN6 at IGEN6
= 0.0 mA)
For any VIN3MIN < VIN3 < 4.5 V
0.10
mV/mA
VGEN6LIR Line regulation
(VGEN6 at VIN3 = 4.5 V) − (VGEN6 at VIN3MIN)
For any 0.0 mA < IGEN6 < 200 mA
0.50
mV/mA
IGEN6LIM Current limit
IGEN6 when VGEN6 is forced to
VGEN6NOM/2
232
333
475
mA
IGEN6OCP Overcurrent protection threshold
IGEN6 required to cause the SCP function to
disable LDO when REGSCPEN = 1
220
475
mA
IGEN6Q Quiescent current
No load, change in IVIN and IVIN3
When VGEN6 enabled
13
µA
VGEN6 AC and transient
PSRRVGEN6 PSRR
IGEN6 = 150 mA, 20 Hz to 20 kHz
VGEN6[3:0] = 0000 to 1111, VIN3 = VIN3MIN
+ 100 mV
VGEN6[3:0] = 0000 to 1111, VIN3 =
VGEN6NOM + 1.0 V
[2]
35
52
40
60
dB
NOISEVGEN6 Output noise density
VIN3 = VIN3MIN, IGEN6 = 150 mA
100 Hz to <1.0 kHz
1.0 kHz to <10 kHz
10 kHz to 1.0 MHz
−114
−129
−135
−102
−123
−130
dBV/√Hz
SLWRVGEN6 Turn on slew rate
10 % to 90 % of end value
VIN3MIN ≤ VIN3 ≤ 4.5 V, IGEN6 = 0.0 mA
VGEN6[3:0] = 0000 to 0011
VGEN6[3:0] = 0100 to 0111
VGEN6[3:0] = 1000 to 1011
VGEN6[3:0] = 1100 to 1111
22.0
26.5
30.5
34.5
mV/µs
GEN6tON Turn on time
Enable to 90 % of end value, VIN3 =
VIN3MIN, 4.5 V
IGEN6 = 0.0 mA
60
500
µs
GEN6tOFF Turn-off time
Disable to 10 % of initial value, VIN3 =
VIN3MIN
IGEN6 = 0.0 mA
10
ms
GEN6OSHT Startup overshoot
VIN3 = VIN3MIN, 4.5 V, IGEN6 = 0 mA
1.0
2.0
%
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
100 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VGEN6LOTR Transient load response
VIN3 = VIN3MIN, 4.5 V
IGEN6 = 20 to 200 mA in 1.0 µs
Peak of overshoot or undershoot of VGEN6
with respect to final value. See Figure 30.
3.0
%
VGEN6LITR Transient line response
IGEN6 = 150 m
VIN3INITIAL = 2.8 V to VIN3FINAL = 3.3 V for
VGEN6[3:0] = 0000 to 0111
VIN3INITIAL = VGEN6 + 0.3 V to VIN3FINAL
= VGEN6 + 0.8 V for VGEN6[3:0] = 1000 to
1111
See Figure 30
5.0
8.0
mV
[1] When the LDO output voltage is set above 2.6 V the minimum allowed input voltage need to be at least the output voltage plus 0.25 V for proper
regulation due to the dropout voltage generated through the internal LDO transistor.
[2] The PSRR of the regulators is measured with the perturbing signal at the input of the regulator. The power management IC is supplied separately from
the input of the regulator and does not contain the perturbed signal. During measurements, care must be taken not to operate in the dropout region of the
regulator under test. VIN3MIN refers to the minimum allowed input voltage for a particular output voltage.
10.4.6.6 VSNVS LDO/switch
VSNVS powers the low-power SNVS/RTC domain on the processor. It derives its power
from either VIN, or coin cell, and cannot be disabled. When powered by both, VIN takes
precedence when above the appropriate comparator threshold. When powered by VIN,
VSNVS is an LDO capable of supplying seven voltages: 3.0, 1.8, 1.5, 1.3, 1.2, 1.1, and
1.0. The bits VSNVSVOLT[2:0] in register VSNVS_CONTROL determine the output
voltage. When powered by coin cell, VSNVS is an LDO capable of supplying 1.8, 1.5,
1.3, 1.2, 1.1, 1.0 as shown in Table 106.
If the 3.0 V option is chosen with the coin cell, VSNVS tracks the coin cell voltage by
means of a switch, whose maximum resistance is 100 Ω. In this case, the VSNVS
voltage is simply the coin cell voltage minus the voltage drop across the switch, which
is 40 mV at a rated maximum load current of 1.5 mA (consumer version) or 1.0 mA
(industrial version).
The default setting of the VSNVSVOLT[2:0] is 110, or 3.0 V, unless programmed
otherwise in OTP. However, when the coin cell is applied for the very first time, VSNVS
outputs 1.0 V. Only when VIN is applied, VSNVS transitions to its default, or programmed
value if different. Upon subsequent removal of VIN, with the coin cell attached, VSNVS
changes configuration from an LDO to a switch for the 110 setting, and remains as an
LDO for the other settings, continuing to output the same voltage as when VIN is applied,
provided certain conditions are met as described in Table 106.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
101 / 137
PF4210
aaa-026500
I2C INTERFACE
LICELL
CHARGER
VIN
2.25 V (VTLO) - 4.5
COIN CELL
1.8 V TO 3.3 V
INPUT
SENSE/
SELECTOR
Z
LDO/SWITCH
VSNVS
VREF
Figure 31. VSNVS supply switch architecture
Table 106 provides a summary of the VSNVS operation at different input voltage VIN and
with or without coin cell connected to the system.
Table 106. VSNVS modes of operation
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] VIN Mode
110 > VTH1 VIN LDO 3.0 V
110 < VTL1 Coin cell switch
000 to 101 > VTH0 VIN LDO
000 to 101 < VTL0 Coin cell LDO
10.4.6.6.1 VSNVS control
The VSNVS output level is configured through the VSNVSVOLT[2:0] bits in VSNVSCTL
register as shown in Table 107.
Table 107. Register VSNVSCTL - ADDR 0x6B
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VSNVSVOLT 2:0 R/W 0x80 Configures VSNVS output voltage [1]
000 = 1.0 V
001 = 1.1 V
010 = 1.2 V
011 = 1.3 V
100 = 1.5 V
101 = 1.8 V
110 = 3.0 V
111 = RSVD
UNUSED 7:3 0x00 unused
[1] Only valid when a valid input voltage is present.
10.4.6.6.2 VSNVS external components
Table 108. VSNVS external components
Capacitor Value (µF)
VSNVS 0.47
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
102 / 137
10.4.6.6.3 VSNVS specifications
Table 109. VSNVS electrical characteristics
All parameters are specified at TMIN to TMAX (see Table 4), VIN = 3.6 V, VSNVS = 3.0 V, ISNVS = 5.0 µA, typical external
component values, unless otherwise noted. Typical values are characterized at VIN = 3.6 V, VSNVS = 3.0 V, ISNVS = 5.0 µA,
and 25 °C, unless otherwise noted.
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VSNVS
VINSNVS Operating input voltage
Valid coin cell range
Valid VIN
1.8
2.25
3.3
4.5
V
ISNVS Operating load current
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX TA = 0 °C to 85 °C
VINMIN < VIN < VINMAX TA = −40 °C to 105 °C
1500
1800
1000
µA
VSNVS DC, LDO
VSNVS Output voltage
5.0 µA < ISNVS < ISNVS MAX (OFF)
3.20 V < VIN < 4.5 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
110
VTL0/VTH < VIN < 4.5 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
[000] - [101]
5.0 µA < ISNVS < ISNVS MAX (ON)
3.20 V < VIN < 4.5 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
110
UVDET < VIN < 4.5 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
[000] - [101]
5.0 µA < ISNVS < ISNVS MAX (Coin cell mode)
2.84 V < VCOIN < 3.3 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
110
1.8 V < VCOIN < 3.3 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
[000] - [101]
[1]
−5.0 %
−8.0 %
−5.0 %
−4.0 %
VCOIN
0.04
−8.0 %
3.0
1.0 to 1.8
3.0
1.0 to 1.8
1.0 to 1.8
7.0 %
7.0 %
5.0 %
4.0 %
VCOIN
7.0%
V
VSNVSDROP Dropout voltage
VIN = VCOIN = 2.85 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
110, ISNVS MAX
50
mV
ISNVSLIM Current limit
VIN > VTH1, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
VIN > VTH0, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000 to 101
VIN < VTL0, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000 to 101
6750
6750
4500
µA
VTH0 VIN threshold (coin cell powered to VIN powered)
VIN going high with valid coin cell
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000, 001, 010, 011,
100, 101
2.25
2.40
2.55
V
VTL0 VIN threshold (VIN powered to coin cell powered)
VIN going low with valid coin cell
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000, 001, 010, 011,
100, 101
2.20
2.35
2.50
V
VHYST1 VIN threshold hysteresis for VTH1 − VTL1 5.0 mV
VHYST0 VIN threshold hysteresis for VTH0 − VTL0 5.0 mV
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
103 / 137
Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit
VSNVSCROSS Output voltage during crossover
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
VCOIN > 2.9 V
Switch to LDO: VIN > 2.825 V, ISNVS =
100 µA
LDO to Switch: VIN < 3.05 V, ISNVS = 100 µA
[2]
2.7
V
VSNVS AC and transient
tONSNVS Turn on time (load capacitor, 0.47 µF)
VIN > UVDET to 90 % of VSNVS
VCOIN = 0.0 V, ISNVS = 5.0 µA
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000 to 110
[3] [4]
24
ms
VSNVSOSH Startup overshoot
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000 to 110
ISNVS = 5.0 µA
dVIN/dt = 50 mV/µs
40
70
mV
VSNVSLITR Transient line response ISNVS = 75 % of ISNVS
MAX
3.2 V < VIN < 4.5 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
2.45 V < VIN < 4.5 V, VSNVSVOLT[2:0] =
[000] - [101]
32
22
mV
VSNVSLOTR Transient load response
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
3.1 V (UVDETL) < VIN ≤ 4.5 V
ISNVS = 75 to 750 µA
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 000 to 101
2.45 V < VIN ≤ 4.5 V
VTL0 > VIN, 1.8 V ≤ VCOIN ≤ 3.3 V
ISNVS = 40 µA to ISNVS MAX
Refer to Figure 30
2.8
1.0
2.0
V
%
VSNVS DC, switch
VINSNVS Operating input voltage
Valid coin cell range
1.8
3.3
V
ISNVS Operating load current
TA = 0 °C to 85 °C
TA = −40 °C to 105 °C
1500
1800
1000
µA
RDSONSNVS Internal switch RDS(on)
VCOIN = 2.6 V
100
VTL1 VIN threshold (VIN powered to coin cell powered)
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
[2]
2.725
2.90
3.00
V
VTH1 VIN threshold (coin cell powered to VIN powered)
VSNVSVOLT[2:0] = 110
2.775
2.95
3.1
V
[1] For 1.8 V ISNVS limited to 100 µA for VCOIN < 2.1 V
[2] During crossover from VIN to LICELL, the VSNVS output voltage may drop to 2.7 V before going to the LICELL voltage. This momentary drop does not
cause any malfunction. The i.MX RTC continues to operate through the transition, and as a worst case it may switch to the internal RC oscillator for a few
clock cycles before switching back to the external crystal oscillator.
[3] The start-up of VSNVS is not monotonic. It first rises to 1.0 V and then settles to its programmed value within the specified tr1 time.
[4] From coin cell insertion to VSNVS =1.0 V, the delay time is typically 400 ms.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
104 / 137
10.4.6.7 Coin cell battery backup
The LICELL pin provides for a connection of a coin cell backup battery or a super
capacitor. If the voltage at VIN goes below the VIN threshold (VTL1 and VTL0), contact-
bounced, or removed, the coin cell maintained logic is powered by the voltage applied to
LICELL.
The supply for internal logic and the VSNVS rail switches over to the LICELL pin when
VIN goes below VTL1 or VTL0, even in the absence of a voltage at the LICELL pin,
resulting in clearing of memory and turning off of VSNVS. When system operation
below VTL1 is required, for systems not utilizing a coin cell, connect the LICELL pin to
any system voltage between 1.8 V and 3.0 V. A small capacitor should be placed from
LICELL to ground under all circumstances.
10.4.6.7.1 Coin cell charger control
The coin cell charger circuit functions as a current-limited voltage source, resulting in the
CC/CV taper characteristic typically used for rechargeable Lithium-Ion batteries. The coin
cell charger is enabled via the COINCHEN bit while the coin cell voltage is programmable
through the VCOIN[2:0] bits on register COINCTL in Table 111. The coin cell charger
voltage is programmable. In the on state, the charger current is fixed at ICOINHI. In sleep
and standby modes, the charger current is reduced to a typical 10 µA. In the off state,
coin cell charging is not available as the main battery could be depleted unnecessarily.
The coin cell charging stops when VIN is below UVDET.
Table 110. Coin cell charger voltage
VCOIN[2:0] VCOIN (V) [1]
000 2.50
001 2.70
010 2.80
011 2.90
100 3.00
101 3.10
110 3.20
111 3.30
[1] Coin cell voltage selected is based on the type of LICELL used in the system.
Table 111. Register COINCTL - ADDR 0x1A
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VCOIN 2:0 R/W 0x00 Coin cell charger output voltage selection. See Table 110 for
all options selectable through these bits.
COINCHEN 3 R/W 0x00 Enable or disable the coin cell charger
UNUSED 7:4 0x00 unused
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
105 / 137
10.4.6.7.2 External components
Table 112. Coin cell charger external components
Component Value Units
LICELL bypass capacitor 100 nF
10.4.6.7.3 Coin cell specifications
Table 113. Coin cell charger specifications
Parameter Typ Unit
Voltage accuracy 100 mV
Coin cell charge current in on mode ICOINHI 60 µA
Current accuracy 30 %
10.5 Control interface I2C block description
The PF4210 contains an I2C interface port which allows access by a processor, or
any I2C master, to the register set. Via these registers the resources of the IC can be
controlled. The registers also provide status information about how the IC is operating.
The SCL and SDA lines should be routed away from noisy signals and planes to
minimize noise pick up. To prevent reflections in the SCL and SDA traces from creating
false pulses, the rise and fall times of the SCL and SDA signals must be greater than
20 ns. This can be accomplished by reducing the drive strength of the I2C master via
software. Alternatively, this can be accomplished by using small capacitors from SCL and
SDA to ground. For example, use 5.1 pF capacitors from SCL and SDA to ground for bus
pull-up resistors of 4.8 kΩ.
10.5.1 I2C device ID
I2C interface protocol requires a device ID for addressing the target IC on a multi-device
bus. To allow flexibility in addressing for bus conflict avoidance, fuse programmability is
provided to allow configuration for the lower 3 address LSB(s). See Section 10.1.2 "One
time programmability (OTP)" for more details. This product supports 7-bit addressing
only; support is not provided for 10-bit or general call addressing.
Note: When the TBB bits for the I2C slave address are written, the next access to the
chip, must then use the new slave address; these bits take affect right away.
10.5.2 I2C operation
The I2C mode of the interface is implemented generally following the fast mode definition
which supports up to 400 kbits/s operation (exceptions to the standard are noted to be
7-bit only addressing and no support for general call addressing). Timing diagrams,
electrical specifications, and further details can be found in the I2C specification, which is
available for download at:
http://www.nxp.com/acrobat_download/literature/9398/39340011.pdf
I2C read operations are also performed in byte increments separated by an ACK. Read
operations also begin with the MSB and each byte is sent out unless a STOP command
or NACK is received prior to completion.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
106 / 137
The following examples show how to write and read data to and from the IC. The host
initiates and terminates all communication. The host sends a master command packet
after driving the start condition. The device responds to the host if the master command
packet contains the corresponding slave address. In the following examples, the device
is shown always responding with an ACK to transmissions from the host. If at any time
a NACK is received, the host should terminate the current transaction and retry the
transaction.
SDA
I2C write example
I2C read example
S 0
device address register address master driven data
acknowledge
from slave
acknowledge
from slave
acknowledge
from slave
START condition STOP
condition
host can also drive
another START
instead of STOP
PAA DATA (byte 0)A
R/W
SDA S 0
device address device addressregister address PMIC driven data
acknowledge
from slave
acknowledge
from slave
no acknowledge
from slave
START condition
S
START condition STOP
condition
host can also drive
another START
instead of STOP
PNAAA
R/W
1
acknowledge
from slave
A
R/W
aaa-026501
Figure 32. I2C sequence
10.5.3 Interrupt handling
The system is informed about important events based on interrupts. Unmasked interrupt
events are signaled to the processor by driving the INTB pin low.
Each interrupt is latched so even if the interrupt source becomes inactive, the interrupt
remains set until cleared. Each interrupt can be cleared by writing a 1 to the appropriate
bit in the Interrupt Status register; this also causes the INTB pin to go high. If there are
multiple interrupt bits set, the INTB pin remains low until all are either masked or cleared.
If a new interrupt occurs while the processor clears an existing interrupt bit, the INTB pin
remains low.
Each interrupt can be masked by setting the corresponding mask bit to a 1. As a
result, when a masked interrupt bit goes high, the INTB pin does not go low. A masked
interrupt can still be read from the Interrupt Status register. This gives the processor
the option of polling for status from the IC. The IC powers up with all interrupts masked,
so the processor must initially poll the device to determine if any interrupts are active.
Alternatively, the processor can unmask the interrupt bits of interest. If a masked interrupt
bit was already high, the INTB pin goes low after unmasking.
The sense registers contain status and input sense bits so the system processor can poll
the current state of interrupt sources. They are read only, and not latched or clearable.
Interrupts generated by external events are debounced; therefore, the event needs to
be stable throughout the debounce period before an interrupt is generated. Nominal
debounce periods for each event are documented in the INT summary Table 114. Due
to the asynchronous nature of the debounce timer, the effective debounce time can vary
slightly.
10.5.4 Interrupt bit summary
Table 114 summarizes all interrupt, mask, and sense bits associated with INTB control.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
107 / 137
Table 114. Interrupt, mask and sense bits
Interrupt Mask Sense Purpose Trigger Debounce
time (ms)
LOWVINI LOWVINM LOWVINS Low input voltage detect
Sense is 1 if below 2.80 V threshold
H to L 3.9 [1]
H to L 31.25 [1]
PWRONI PWRONM PWRONS Power on button event
Sense is 1 if PWRON is high. L to H 31.25
THERM110 THERM110M THERM110S Thermal 110 °C threshold
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Dual 3.9
THERM120 THERM120M THERM120S Thermal 120 °C threshold
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Dual 3.9
THERM125 THERM125M THERM125S Thermal 125 °C threshold
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Dual 3.9
THERM130 THERM130M THERM130S Thermal 130 °C threshold
Sense is 1 if above threshold
Dual 3.9
SW1AFAULTI SW1AFAULTM SW1AFAULTS Regulator 1A overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SW1BFAULTI SW1BFAULTM SW1BFAULTS Regulator 1B overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SW1CFAULTI SW1CFAULTM SW1CFAULTS Regulator 1C overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SW2FAULTI SW2FAULTM SW2FAULTS Regulator 2 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SW3AFAULTI SW3AFAULTM SW3AFAULTS Regulator 3A overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SW3BFAULTI SW3BFAULTM SW3BFAULTS Regulator 3B overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SW4FAULTI SW4FAULTM SW4FAULTS Regulator 4 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
SWBSTFAULTI SWBSTFAULTM SWBSTFAULTS SWBST overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
VGEN1FAULTI VGEN1FAULTM VGEN1FAULTS VGEN1 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
VGEN2FAULTI VGEN2FAULTM VGEN2FAULTS VGEN2 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
VGEN3FAULTI VGEN3FAULTM VGEN3FAULTS VGEN3 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
VGEN4FAULTI VGEN4FAULTM VGEN4FAULTS VGEN4 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
VGEN5FAULTI VGEN5FAULTM VGEN1FAULTS VGEN5 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
VGEN6FAULTI VGEN6FAULTM VGEN6FAULTS VGEN6 overcurrent limit
Sense is 1 if above current limit
L to H 8.0
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
108 / 137
Interrupt Mask Sense Purpose Trigger Debounce
time (ms)
OTP_ECCI OTP_ECCM OTP_ECCS 1 or 2 bit error detected in OTP
registers
Sense is 1 if error detected
L to H 8.0
[1] Debounce timing for the falling edge can be extended with PWRONDBNC[1:0].
A full description of all interrupt, mask, and sense registers is provided in Table 115 to
Table 126.
Table 115. Register INTSTAT0 - ADDR 0x05
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
PWRONI 0 R/W1C 0 Power on interrupt bit
LOWVINI 1 R/W1C 0 Low-voltage interrupt bit
THERM110I 2 R/W1C 0 110 °C Thermal interrupt bit
THERM120I 3 R/W1C 0 120 °C Thermal interrupt bit
THERM125I 4 R/W1C 0 125 °C Thermal interrupt bit
THERM130I 5 R/W1C 0 130 °C Thermal interrupt bit
UNUSED 7:6 00 unused
Table 116. Register INTMASK0 - ADDR 0x06
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
PWRONM 0 R/W1C 1 Power on interrupt mask bit
LOWVINM 1 R/W1C 1 Low-voltage interrupt mask bit
THERM110M 2 R/W1C 1 110 °C thermal interrupt mask bit
THERM120M 3 R/W1C 1 120 °C thermal interrupt mask bit
THERM125M 4 R/W1C 1 125 °C thermal interrupt mask bit
THERM130M 5 R/W1C 1 130 °C thermal interrupt mask bit
UNUSED 7:6 00 unused
Table 117. Register INTSENSE0 - ADDR 0x07
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
PWRONS 0 R 0 Power on sense bit
0 = PWRON low
1 = PWRON high
LOWVINS 1 R 0 Low-voltage sense bit
0 = VIN > 2.8 V
1 = VIN ≤ 2.8 V
THERM110S 2 R 0 110 °C thermal sense bit
0 = Below threshold
1 = Above threshold
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
109 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
THERM120S 3 R 0 120 °C thermal sense bit
0 = Below threshold
1 = Above threshold
THERM125S 4 R 0 125 °C thermal sense bit
0 = Below threshold
1 = Above threshold
THERM130S 5 R 0 130 °C thermal sense bit
0 = Below threshold
1 = Above threshold
UNUSED 6 0 unused
VDDOTPS 7 R 00 Additional VDDOTP voltage sense pin
0 = VDDOTP grounded
1 = VDDOTP to VCOREDIG or greater
Table 118. Register INTSTAT1 - ADDR 0x08
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1AFAULTI 0 R/W1C 0 SW1A overcurrent interrupt bit
SW1BFAULTI 1 R/W1C 0 SW1B overcurrent interrupt bit
SW1CFAULTI 2 R/W1C 0 SW1C overcurrent interrupt bit
SW2FAULTI 3 R/W1C 0 SW2 overcurrent interrupt bit
SW3AFAULTI 4 R/W1C 0 SW3A overcurrent interrupt bit
SW3BFAULTI 5 R/W1C 0 SW3B overcurrent interrupt bit
SW4FAULTI 6 R/W1C 0 SW4 overcurrent interrupt bit
UNUSED 7 0 unused
Table 119. Register INTMASK1 - ADDR 0x09
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1AFAULTM 0 R/W 1 SW1A overcurrent interrupt mask bit
SW1BFAULTM 1 R/W 1 SW1B overcurrent interrupt mask bit
SW1CFAULTM 2 R/W 1 SW1C overcurrent interrupt mask bit
SW2FAULTM 3 R/W 1 SW2 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
SW3AFAULTM 4 R/W 1 SW3A overcurrent interrupt mask bit
SW3BFAULTM 5 R/W 1 SW3B overcurrent interrupt mask bit
SW4FAULTM 6 R/W 1 SW4 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
UNUSED 7 0 unused
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
110 / 137
Table 120. Register INTSENSE1 - ADDR 0x0A
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SW1AFAULTS 0 R 0 SW1A overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
SW1BFAULTS 1 R 0 SW1B overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
SW1CFAULTS 2 R 0 SW1C overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
SW2FAULTS 3 R 0 SW2 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
SW3AFAULTS 4 R 0 SW3A overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
SW3BFAULTS 5 R 0 SW3B overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
SW4FAULTS 6 R 0 SW4 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
UNUSED 7 0 unused
Table 121. Register INTSTAT3 - ADDR 0x0E
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SWBSTFAULTI 0 R/W1C 0 SWBST overcurrent limit interrupt bit
UNUSED 6:1 0x00 unused
OTP_ECCI 7 R/W1C 0 OTP error interrupt bit
Table 122. Register INTMASK3 - ADDR 0x0F
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SWBSTFAULTM 0 R/W 1 SWBST overcurrent limit interrupt mask bit
UNUSED 6:1 0x00 unused
OTP_ECCM 7 R/W 1 OTP error interrupt mask bit
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
111 / 137
Table 123. Register INTSENSE3 - ADDR 0x10
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
SWBSTFAULTS 0 R 0 SWBST overcurrent limit sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
UNUSED 6:1 0x00 unused
OTP_ECCS 7 R 0 OTP error sense bit
0 = No error detected
1 = OTP error detected
Table 124. Register INTSTAT4 - ADDR 0x11
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN1FAULTI 0 R/W1C 0 VGEN1 overcurrent interrupt bit
VGEN2FAULTI 1 R/W1C 0 VGEN2 overcurrent interrupt bit
VGEN3FAULTI 2 R/W1C 0 VGEN3 overcurrent interrupt bit
VGEN4FAULTI 3 R/W1C 0 VGEN4 overcurrent interrupt bit
VGEN5FAULTI 4 R/W1C 0 VGEN5 overcurrent interrupt bit
VGEN6FAULTI 5 R/W1C 0 VGEN6 overcurrent interrupt bit
UNUSED 7:6 00 unused
Table 125. Register INTMASK4 - ADDR 0x12
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN1FAULTM 0 R/W 1 VGEN1 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
VGEN2FAULTM 1 R/W 1 VGEN2 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
VGEN3FAULTM 2 R/W 1 VGEN3 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
VGEN4FAULTM 3 R/W 1 VGEN4 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
VGEN5FAULTM 4 R/W 1 VGEN5 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
VGEN6FAULTM 5 R/W 1 VGEN6 overcurrent interrupt mask bit
UNUSED 7:6 00 unused
Table 126. Register INTSENSE4 - ADDR 0x13
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN1FAULTS 0 R 0 VGEN1 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
VGEN2FAULTS 1 R 0 VGEN2 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
112 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
VGEN3FAULTS 2 R 0 VGEN3 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
VGEN4FAULTS 3 R 0 VGEN4 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
VGEN5FAULTS 4 R 0 VGEN5 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
VGEN6FAULTS 5 R 0 VGEN6 overcurrent sense bit
0 = Normal operation
1 = Above current limit
UNUSED 7:6 00 unused
10.6 Specific registers
10.6.1 IC and version identification
The IC and other version details can be read via identification bits. These are hard-wired
on chip and described in Table 127 to Table 129.
Table 127. Register DEVICEID - ADDR 0x00
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
DEVICEID 3:0 R 0x00 Die version
0000 = PF4210
UNUSED 7:4 0x01 unused
Table 128. Register SILICON REV- ADDR 0x03
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
METAL_LAYER_REV 3:0 R 0x00 Represents the metal mask revision
Pass 0.0 = 0000
...
Pass 0.15 = 1111
FULL_LAYER_REV 7:4 R 0x01 Represents the full mask revision
Pass 1.0 = 0001
...
Pass 15.0 = 1111
Table 129. Register FABID - ADDR 0x04
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
FIN 1:0 R 0x00 Allows for characterizing different options within the same
reticule
FAB 3:2 R 0x00 Represents the wafer manufacturing facility
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
113 / 137
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
Unused 7:0 R 0x00 unused
10.6.2 Embedded memory
There are four register banks of general purpose embedded memory to store critical
data. The data written to MEMA[7:0], MEMB[7:0], MEMC[7:0], and MEMD[7:0] is
maintained by the coin cell when the main battery is deeply discharged, removed, or
contact-bounced. The contents of the embedded memory are reset by COINPORB. The
banks can be used for any system need for bit retention with coin cell backup.
Table 130. Register MEMA ADDR 0x1C
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
MEMA 7:0 R/W 0 Memory bank A
Table 131. Register MEMB ADDR 0x1D
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
MEMB 7:0 R/W 0 Memory bank B
Table 132. Register MEMC ADDR 0x1E
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
MEMC 7:0 R/W 0 Memory bank C
Table 133. Register MEMD ADDR 0x1F
Name Bit number R/W Default Description
MEMD 7:0 R/W 0 Memory bank D
10.7 Register bitmap
The register map is comprised of thirty-two pages, and its address and data fields are
each eight bits wide. Only the first two pages can be accessed. On each page, registers
0 to 0x7F are referred to as functional, and registers 0x80 to 0xFF as extended. On each
page, the functional registers are the same, but the extended registers are different.
To access registers in Table 135, write 0x01 to the page register at address 0x7F, and
to access registers in Table 136, write 0x02 to the page register at address 0x7F. To
access Table 134, from one of the extended pages, no write to the page register is
necessary.
Registers missing in the sequence are reserved; reading from them returns a value 0x00,
and writing to them has no effect.
The contents of all registers are given in the tables defined in this chapter. Each table is
structured as follows:
Name: Name of the bit.
Bit number: The bit location in the register (7-0)
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
114 / 137
R/W: Read / Write access and control
R is read-only access
R/W is read and write access
RW1C is read and write access with write 1 to clear
Reset: Reset signals are color coded based on the following legend.
Bits reset by SC and VCOREDIG_PORB
Bits reset by PWRON or loaded default or OTP configuration
Bits reset by DIGRESETB
Bits reset by PORB or RESETBMCU
Bits reset by VCOREDIG_PORB
Bits reset by POR or OFFB
Default: The value after reset, as noted in the default column of the memory map.
Fixed defaults are explicitly declared as 0 or 1
X corresponds to read/write bits that are initialized at startup, based on the OTP fuse
settings or default if VDDOTP = 1.5 V. Bits are subsequently I2C modifiable, when their
reset has been released. X may also refer to bits which may have other dependencies.
For example, some bits may depend on the version of the IC, or a value from an analog
block, for instance the sense bits for the interrupts.
10.7.1 Register map
Table 134. Functional page
BITS[7:0]
Add Register name R/W Default 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DEVICE ID [3:0]00 DeviceID R 8'b0001_
0000 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
FULL_LAYER_REV[3:0] METAL_LAYER_REV[3:0]03 SILICONREVID R 8'b0001_
0000 x x x x x x x x
FAB[1:0] FIN[1:0]04 FABID R 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
THERM130I THERM125I THERM120I THERM110I LOWVINI PWRONI05 INTSTAT0 RW
1C
8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
THERM130M THERM125M THERM120M THERM110M LOWVINM PWRONM06 INTMASK0 R/W 8'b0011_
1111 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
VDDOTPS RSVD THERM130S THERM125S THERM120S THERM110S LOWVINS PWRONS07 INTSENSE0 R 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW4FAULTI SW3BFAULTI SW3AFAULTI SW2FAULTI SW1CFAULTI SW1BFAULTI SW1AFAULTI08 INTSTAT1 RW
1C
8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SW4FAULT
M
SW3BFAULTM SW3AFAUL
TM
SW2FAULTM SW1CFAUL
TM
SW1BFAULTM SW1AFAULTM09 INTMASK1 R/W 8'b0111_
1111
0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
SW4FAULTS SW3BFAULTS SW3AFAUL
TS
SW2FAULTS SW1CFAUL
TS
SW1BFAULTS SW1AFAULTS0A INTSENSE1 R 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
OTP_ECCI SWBSTFAULTI0E INTSTAT3 RW
1C
8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
115 / 137
BITS[7:0]
Add Register name R/W Default 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OTP_ECCM SWBSTFAUL
TM
0F INTMASK3 R/W 8'b1000_
0001
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
OTP_ECCS SWBSTFAUL
TS
10 INTSENSE3 R 8'b0000_
000x
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x
VGEN6FAULTI VGEN5FAU
LTI
VGEN4FAU
LTI
VGEN3FAU
LTI
VGEN2FAULTI VGEN1FAULTI11 INTSTAT4 RW
1C
8'b0000_
0000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
VGEN6
FAULTM
VGEN5
FAULTM
VGEN4
FAULTM
VGEN3
FAULTM
VGEN2
FAULTM
VGEN1
FAULTM
12 INTMASK4 R/W 8'b0011_
1111
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
VGEN6
FAULTS
VGEN5
FAULTS
VGEN4
FAULTS
VGEN3
FAULTS
VGEN2
FAULTS
VGEN1
FAULTS
13 INTSENSE4 R 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
COINCHEN VCOIN[2:0]1A COINCTL R/W 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
REGSCPEN STANDBYI
NV
STBYDLY[1:0] PWRONDBNC[1:0] PWRONRST
EN
RESTARTEN1B PWRCTL R/W 8'b0001_
0000
0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0
MEMA[7:0]1C MEMA R/W 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MEMB[7:0]1D MEMB R/W 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MEMC[7:0]1E MEMC R/W 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
MEMD[7:0]1F MEMD R/W 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
SW1AB[5:0]20 SW1ABVOLT R/W
/M
8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1ABSTBY[5:0]21 SW1ABSTBY R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1ABOFF[5:0]22 SW1ABOFF R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1ABOMO
DE
SW1ABMODE[3:0]23 SW1ABMODE R/W 8'b0000_
1000
0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW1ABDVSSPEED[1:0] SW1BAPHASE[1:0] SW1ABFREQ[1:0] SW1ABILIM24 SW1ABCONF R/W 8'bxx00_
xx00 x x 0 0 x x 0 0
SW1C[5:0]2E SW1CVOLT R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1CSTBY[5:0]2F SW1CSTBY R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1COFF[5:0]30 SW1COFF R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1COMODE SW1CMODE[3:0]31 SW1CMODE R/W 8'b0000_
1000 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW1CDVSSPEED[1:0] SW1CPHASE[1:0] SW1CFREQ[1:0] SW1CILIM32 SW1CCONF R/W 8'bxx00_
xx00 x x 0 0 x x 0 0
SW2[6:0]35 SW2VOLT R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
116 / 137
BITS[7:0]
Add Register name R/W Default 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SW2STBY[6:0]36 SW2STBY R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW2OFF[6:0]37 SW2OFF R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW2OMODE SW2MODE[3:0]38 SW2MODE R/W 8'b0000_
1000 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW2DVSSPEED[1:0] SW2PHASE[1:0] SW2FREQ[1:0] SW2ILIM39 SW2CONF R/W 8'bxx01_
xx00 x x 0 1 x x 0 0
SW3A[6:0]3C SW3AVOLT R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3ASTBY[6:0]3D SW3ASTBY R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3AOFF[6:0]3E SW3AOFF R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3AOMODE SW3AMODE[3:0]3F SW3AMODE R/W 8'b0000_
1000 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW3ADVSSPEED[1:0] SW3APHASE[1:0] SW3AFREQ[1:0] SW3AILIM40 SW3ACONF R/W 8'bxx10_
xx00 x x 1 0 x x 0 0
SW3B[6:0]43 SW3BVOLT R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3BSTBY[6:0]44 SW3BSTBY R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3BOFF[6:0]45 SW3BOFF R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3BOMODE SW3BMODE[3:0]46 SW3BMODE R/W 8'b0000_
1000 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW3BDVSSPEED[1:0] SW3BPHASE[1:0] SW3BFREQ[1:0] SW3BILIM47 SW3BCONF R/W 8'bxx10_
xx00 x x 1 0 x x 0 0
SW4[6:0]4A SW4VOLT R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW4STBY[6:0]4B SW4STBY R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW4OFF[6:0]4C SW4OFF R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW4OMODE SW4MODE[3:0]4D SW4MODE R/W 8'b0000_
1000 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0
SW4DVSSPEED[1:0] SW4PHASE[1:0] SW4FREQ[1:0] SW4ILIM4E SW4CONF R/W 8'bxx11_
xx00 x x 1 1 x x 0 0
SWBST1STBYMODE[1:0] SWBST1MODE[1:0] SWBST1VOLT[1:0]66 SWBSTCTL R/W 8'b0xx0_
10xx 0 x x 0 1 0 x x
VREFDDREN 6A VREFDDRCTL R/W 8'b000x_
0000 0 0 0 x 0 0 0 0
VSNVSVOLT[2:0]6B VSNVSCTL R/W 8'b0000_
0xxx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
VGEN1[3:0]6C VGEN1CTL R/W 8'b000x_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
117 / 137
BITS[7:0]
Add Register name R/W Default 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VGEN2LPW
R
VGEN2STBY VGEN2EN VGEN2[3:0]6D VGEN2CTL R/W 8'b000x_
xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN3LPW
R
VGEN3STBY VGEN3EN VGEN3[3:0]6E VGEN3CTL R/W 8'b000x_
xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN4LPW
R
VGEN4STBY VGEN4EN VGEN4[3:0]6F VGEN4CTL R/W 8'b000x_
xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN5LPW
R
VGEN5STBY VGEN5EN VGEN5[3:0]70 VGEN5CTL R/W 8'b000x_
xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN6LPW
R
VGEN6STBY VGEN6EN VGEN6[3:0]71 VGEN6CTL R/W 8'b000x_
xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
PAGE[4:0]7F Page Register R/W 8'b0000_
0000 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Table 135. Extended page 1
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OTP FUSE
READ EN
80 OTP FUSE
READ
EN
R/W 8'b000x_
xxx0
0 0 0 x x x x 0
START RL PWBRTN FORCE
PWRCTL
RL PWRCTL RL OTP RL OTP
ECC
RL OTP
FUSE
RL TRIM
FUSE
84 OTP LOAD
MASK
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
ECC5_SE ECC4_SE ECC3_SE ECC2_SE ECC1_SE8A OTP ECC SE1 R 8'bxxx0_
0000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0
ECC10_SE ECC9_SE ECC8_SE ECC7_SE ECC6_SE8B OTP ECC SE2 R 8'bxxx0_
0000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0
ECC5_DE ECC4_DE ECC3_DE ECC2_DE ECC1_DE8C OTP ECC DE1 R 8'bxxx0_
0000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0
ECC10_DE ECC9_DE ECC8_DE ECC7_DE ECC6_DE8D OTP ECC DE2 R 8'bxxx0_
0000 x x x 0 0 0 0 0
SW1AB_VOLT[5:0]A0 OTP SW1AB
VOLT
R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1AB_SEQ[4:0]A1 OTP SW1AB
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_
xxXx 0 0 0 x x x X x
SW1_CONFIG[1:0] SW1AB_FREQ[1:0]A2 OTP SW1AB
CONFIG
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
SW1C_VOLT[5:0]A8 OTP SW1C
VOLT
R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW1C_SEQ[4:0]A9 OTP SW1C SEQ R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
SW1C_FREQ[1:0]AA OTP SW1C
CONFIG
R/W 8'b0000_
00xx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
118 / 137
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SW2_VOLT[5:0]AC OTP SW2 VOLT R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW2_SEQ[4:0]AD OTP SW2 SEQ R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
SW2_FREQ[1:0]AE OTP SW2
CONFIG
R/W 8'b0000_
00xx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
SW3A_VOLT[6:0]B0 OTP SW3A
VOLT
R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3A_SEQ[4:0]B1 OTP SW3A SEQ R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
SW3_CONFIG[1:0] SW3A_FREQ[1:0]B2 OTP SW3A
CONFIG
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
SW3B_VOLT[6:0]B4 OTP SW3B
VOLT
R/W 8'b0xxx_xxxx
0 x x x x x x x
SW3B_SEQ[4:0]B5 OTP SW3B SEQ R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
SW3B_CONFIG[1:0]B6 OTP SW3B
CONFIG
R/W 8'b0000_
00xx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
SW4_VOLT[6:0]B8 OTP SW4 VOLT R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
SW4_SEQ[4:0]B9 OTP SW4 SEQ R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VTT SW4_FREQ[1:0]BA OTP SW4
CONFIG
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
SWBST_VOLT[1:0]BC OTP SWBST
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
00xx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
SWBST_SEQ[4:0]BD OTP SWBST
SEQ
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
VSNVS_VOLT[2:0]C0 OTP VSNVS
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
0xxx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
VREFDDR_SEQ[4:0]C4 OTP VREFDDR
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_
x0xx 0 0 0 x x 0 x x
VGEN1_VOLT[3:0]C8 OTP VGEN1
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
C9 OTP VGEN1
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
VGEN2_VOLT[3:0]CC OTP VGEN2
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
VGEN2_SEQ[4:0]CD OTP VGEN2
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
119 / 137
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
VGEN3_VOLT[3:0]D0 OTP VGEN3
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
VGEN3_SEQ[4:0]D1 OTP VGEN3
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN4_VOLT[3:0]D4 OTP VGEN4
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
VGEN4_SEQ[4:0]D5 OTP VGEN4
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN5_VOLT[3:0]D8 OTP VGEN5
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
VGEN5_SEQ[4:0]D9 OTP VGEN5
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
VGEN6_VOLT[3:0]DC OTP VGEN6
VOLT
R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
VGEN6_SEQ[4:0]DD OTP VGEN6
SEQ
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
PWRON_
CFG1
SWDVS_CLK1[1:0] SEQ_CLK_SPEED1[1:0]E0 OTP PU
CONFIG1
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
PWRON_
CFG2
SWDVS_CLK2[1:0] SEQ_CLK_SPEED2[1:0]E1 OTP PU
CONFIG2
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
PWRON_
CFG3
SWDVS_CLK3[1:0] SEQ_CLK_SPEED3[1:0]E2 OTP PU
CONFIG3
R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
PWRON_
CFG_XOR
SWDVS_CLK3_XOR SEQ_CLK_SPEED_XORE3 OTP PU CONFIG
XOR
R 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
TBB_POR SOFT_
FUSEPOR
FUSE_POR1 E4 [1] OTP FUSE
POR1
R/W 8'b0000_
00x0
0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0
RSVD RSVD FUSE_POR2 E5 OTP FUSE
POR1
R/W 8'b0000_
00x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0
RSVD RSVD FUSE_POR3 E6 OTP FUSE
POR1
R/W 8'b0000_
00x0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0
RSVD RSVD FUSE_POR_
X
OR
E7 OTP FUSE POR
XOR
R 8'b0000_
00x0
0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0
OTP_PG_
EN
E8 OTP PWRGD EN R/W/M 8'b0000_
000x
0 0 0 0 0 0 x 0
EN_ECC_
BANK5
EN_ECC_
BANK4
EN_ECC_
BANK3
EN_ECC_
BANK2
EN_ECC_
BANK1
F0 OTP EN ECCO R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
EN_ECC_
BANK10
EN_ECC_
BANK9
EN_ECC_
BANK8
EN_ECC_
BANK7
EN_ECC_
BANK6
F1 OTP EN ECC1 R/W 8'b000x_xxxx
0 0 0 x x x x x
RSVDF4 OTP SPARE2_4 R/W 8'b0000_
xxxx 0 0 0 0 x x x x
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
120 / 137
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
RSVDF5 OTP SPARE4_3 R/W 8'b0000_
0xxx 0 0 0 0 0 x x x
RSVDF6 OTP SPARE6_2 R/W 8'b0000_
00xx 0 0 0 0 0 0 x x
RSVDF7 OTP SPARE7_1 R/W 8'b0000_
0xxx 0 0 0 0 0 x x x
OTP_DONEFE OTP DONE R/W 8'b0000_
000x 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 x
I2C_SLV
ADDR[3]
I2C_SLV ADDR[2:0]FF OTP I2C ADDR R/W 8'b0000_
0xxx
0 0 0 0 1 x x x
[1] In the PF4210 FUSE_POR1, FUSE_POR2, and FUSE_POR3 are XOR'ed into the FUSE_POR_XOR bit. The FUSE_POR_XOR has to be 1 for fuses to
be loaded. This can be achieved by setting any one or all of the FUSE_PORx bits. In PF4210, the XOR function is removed. It is required to set all of the
FUSE_PORx bits to be able to load the fuses.
Table 136. Extended Page 2
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
765 43210
RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD SW1AB_PWRSTG[2:0]81 SW1AB PWRSTG R/W 8'b1111_
1111 111 11111
PWRSTGRSVD82 PWRSTG RSVD R 8'b0000_
0000 000 00000
RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD SW1C_PWRSTG[2:0]83 SW1C PWRSTG R 8'b1111_
1111 111 11111
RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD SW2_PWRSTG[2:0]84 SW2 PWRSTG R 8'b1111_
1111 111 11111
RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD SW3A_PWRSTG[2:0]85 SW3A PWRSTG R 8'b1111_
1111 111 11111
RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD RSVD SW3B_PWRSTG[2:0]86 SW3B PWRSTG R 8'b1111_
1111 111 11111
FSLEXT_
THERM_
DISABLE
PWRGD_
SHDWN_
DISABLE
RSVD RSVD RSVD SW4_PWRSTG[2:0]87 SW4 PWRSTG R 8'b0111_
1111
001 11111
PWRGD_EN OTP_
SHDWN_EN
88 PWRCTRL OTP
CTRL
R/W 8'b0000_
0001
000 00001
I2C_WRITE_ADDRESS_TRAP[7:0]8D I2C WRITE
ADDRESS TRAP
R/W 8'b0000_
0000 000 00000
LET_IT_
ROLL
RSVD RSVD I2C_TRAP_PAGE[4:0]8E I2C TRAP PAGE R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
I2C_WRITE_ADDRESS_COUNTER[7:0]8F I2C TRAP CNTR R/W 8'b0000_
0000 000 00000
SDA_DRV[1:0] SDWNB_DRV[1:0] INTB_DRV[1:0] RESETBMCU_DRV[1:0]90 IO DRV R/W 8'b00xx_xxxx
0 0 x x x x x x
DO OTP AUTO ECC0 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
AUTO_
ECC_BANK5
AUTO_
ECC_BANK4
AUTO_
ECC_BANK3
AUTO_
ECC_BANK2
AUTO_
ECC_
BANK1
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
121 / 137
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
765 43210
000 00000
AUTO_
ECC_
BANK10
AUTO_
ECC_BANK9
AUTO_
ECC_BANK8
AUTO_
ECCBANK7
AUTO_
ECC_
BANK6
D1 OTP AUTO ECC1 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
RSVDD8 [1] Reserved 8'b0000_
0000 000 00000
RSVDD9 [1] Reserved 8'b0000_
0000 000 00000
ECC1_EN_
TBB
ECC1_
CALC_CIN
ECC1_CIN_TBB[5:0]E1 OTP ECC CTRL1 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC2_EN_
TBB
ECC2_
CALC_CIN
ECC2_CIN_TBB[5:0]E2 OTP ECC CTRL2 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC3_EN_
TBB
ECC3_
CALC_CIN
ECC3_CIN_TBB[5:0]E3 OTP ECC CTRL3 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC4_EN_
TBB
ECC4_
CALC_CIN
ECC4_CIN_TBB[5:0]E4 OTP ECC CTRL4 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC5_EN_
TBB
ECC5_
CALC_CIN
ECC5_CIN_TBB[5:0]E5 OTP ECC CTRL5 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC6_EN_
TBB
ECC6_
CALC_CIN
ECC6_CIN_TBB[5:0]E6 OTP ECC CTRL6 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC7_EN_
TBB
ECC7_
CALC_CIN
ECC7_CIN_TBB[5:0]E7 OTP ECC CTRL7 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC8_EN_
TBB
ECC8_
CALC_CIN
ECC8_CIN_TBB[5:0]E8 OTP ECC CTRL8 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC9_EN_
TBB
ECC9_
CALC_CIN
ECC9_CIN_TBB[5:0]E9 OTP ECC CTRL9 R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ECC10_EN_
TBB
ECC10_
CALC_CIN
ECC10_CIN_TBB[5:0]EA OTP ECC
CTRL10
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE1_
EN
ANTIFUSE1_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE1_
RW
BYPASS1F1 OTP FUSE
CTRL1
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE2_
EN
ANTIFUSE2_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE2_
RW
BYPASS2F2 OTP FUSE
CTRL2
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE3_
EN
ANTIFUSE3_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE3_
RW
BYPASS3F3 OTP FUSE
CTRL3
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE4_
EN
ANTIFUSE4_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE4_
RW
BYPASS4F4 OTP FUSE
CTRL4
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE5_
EN
ANTIFUSE5_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE5_
RW
BYPASS5F5 OTP FUSE
CTRL5
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
122 / 137
BITS[7:0]Address Register name TYPE Default
765 43210
ANTIFUSE6_
EN
ANTIFUSE6_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE6_
RW
BYPASS6F6 OTP FUSE
CTRL6
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE7_
EN
ANTIFUSE7_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE7_
RW
BYPASS7F7 OTP FUSE
CTRL7
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE8_
EN
ANTIFUSE8_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE8_
RW
BYPASS8F8 OTP FUSE
CTRL8
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE9_
EN
ANTIFUSE99_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE9_
RW
BYPASS9F9 OTP FUSE
CTRL9
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
ANTIFUSE10_
EN
ANTIFUSE10_
LOAD
ANTIFUSE10_
RW
BYPASS10FA OTP FUSE
CTRL10
R/W 8'b0000_
0000
000 00000
[1] Do not write in reserved registers.
11 Typical applications
11.1 Introduction
Figure 33 provides a typical application diagram of the PF4210 PMIC together with its
functional components. For details on component references and additional components
such as filters, see individual sections.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
123 / 137
11.1.1 Application diagram
PF4210
V
G
E
N
2
250 m
A
V
G
E
N
4
350 m
A
V
G
E
N
3
100 m
A
V
G
E
N
5
100 m
A
V
G
E
N
1
100 m
A
V
G
E
N
6
200 m
A
OT
P
C
ON
T
R
O
L
D
V
S
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
CORE
CONT
ROL LOGIC
S
U
P
P
L
I
E
S
CONT
ROL
D
V
S
CONT
ROL
T
R
I
M
-
I
N
-
P
A
C
K
A
G
E
CLOCKS
A
N
D
R
E
S
E
T
S
C
L
OC
K
S
3
2 k
H
z
a
n
d 1
6 M
H
z
INIT
I
A
L
I
Z
A
T
I
ON
S
T
A
T
E
MA
C
H
I
N
E
I
2
C
INT
E
R
F
A
C
E
I
2
C RE
GIST
E
R
M
A
P
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
S
W
3
A
/
B
S
I
N
G
L
E
/
D
U
A
L
D
D
R
3
0
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
4
1
0
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
B
S
T
6
0
0
m
A
B
O
O
S
T
S
W
2
2
5
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
1
C
2
0
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
S
W
1
A
/
B
S
I
N
G
L
E
/
D
U
A
L
2
5
0
0
m
A
B
U
C
K
a
a
a
-
0
2
6
5
0
3
R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
G
E
N
E
R
A
T
I
O
N
V
I
N
1
V
G
E
N
1
V
I
N
2
V
G
E
N
3
V
G
E
N
4
V
G
E
N
5
V
I
N
3
V
I
N
V
G
E
N
6
V
D
D
O
T
P
S
D
A
S
C
L
t
o
M
C
U
V
D
D
I
O
V
C
O
R
E
D
I
G
V
C
O
R
E
R
E
F
V
C
O
R
E
G
N
D
R
E
F
V
R
E
F
D
D
R
V
I
N
R
E
F
D
D
R
V
H
A
L
F
V
I
N
1
V
I
N
2
V
I
N
3
V
D
D
O
T
P
V
D
D
I
O
V
I
N
L
I
C
E
L
L
t
o
/
f
r
o
m
A
P
V
G
E
N
2
S
W
1
A
I
N
S
W
1
A
L
X
S
W
2
L
X
S
W
2
I
N
S
W
2
I
N
S
W
2
F
B
S
W
4
I
N
S
W
4
F
B
S
W
3
A
F
B
S
W
3
A
I
N
S
W
3
A
L
X
S
W
3
B
L
X
S
W
3
B
I
N
S
W
1
B
L
X
S
W
1
B
I
N
S
W
1
C
L
X
S
W
1
C
I
N
S
W
1
C
F
B
S
W
1
V
S
S
S
N
S
S
W
3
B
F
B
S
W
4
L
X
G
N
D
R
E
F
1
S
W
B
S
T
L
X
S
W
B
S
T
F
B
S
W
B
S
T
I
N
S
W
3
V
S
S
S
N
S
S
W
1
F
B
S
W
1
A
B
o
u
t
p
u
t
L
I
-
C
E
L
L
C
H
A
R
G
E
R
B
E
S
T
O
F
S
U
P
P
L
Y
V
S
N
V
S
V
S
W
2
V
S
N
V
S
I
C
T
E
S
T
P
W
R
O
N
S
T
A
N
D
B
Y
R
E
S
E
T
B
M
C
U
S
D
W
N
B
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
O
/
P
D
R
I
V
E
1.0 F
1.0 F
2.2 F
4.7 F
2.2 F
V
S
W
3
A
1.0 F
2.2 F
2.2 F
1.0 F
220 nF
100 nF
100 nF
100 nF
COIN CELL
BATTERY
+
-
1.0 F
1.0 F
1.0 F
0.47 F
4.7 F
4.7 k4.7 k
100 k
100 k
V
S
W
2
100 k
V
S
W
2
I
N
T
B
100 k
V
S
W
2
V
I
N
V
I
N
S
W
3
A
o
u
t
p
u
t
V
I
N
S
W
3
B
o
u
t
p
u
t
S
W
1
C
o
u
t
p
u
t
S
W
2
o
u
t
p
u
t
V
I
N
V
I
N
V
I
N
S
W
4
o
u
t
p
u
t
V
I
N
V
I
N
V
I
N
S
W
B
S
T
o
u
t
p
u
t
4.7 F
1.0 H
2 x 22 F
4.7 F
1.0 H
2 x 22 F
4.7 F
2.2 F
1.0 H
4.7 F2.2 H
3 x 22 F
1.0 H 2 x 22 F
4.7 F
1.0 H
3 x 22 F
4.7 F
1.0 H
3 x 22 F
2 x 22 F
4.7 F
4.7 F
Figure 33. Typical application schematic
11.1.2 Bill of materials
The following table provides a complete list of the recommended components on a full-
featured system using the PF4210 device for 0 °C to 85 °C applications. Components are
provided with an example part number. Equivalent components may be used.
Table 137. Bill of materials 0 °C to 85 °C applications
Value Qty Description Part number Manufacturer [1] Component/pin
PMIC
1 Power management IC PF4210 NXP
Buck, SW1AB (0.300 to 1.875 V), 2.5 A
1.0 µH 1 2.5 x 2 x 1.2
ISAT = 3.4 A for 10 % drop,
DCRMAX = 49 mΩ
DFE252012R-H-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
124 / 137
Value Qty Description Part number Manufacturer [1] Component/pin
22 µH 4 10 V X5R 0603 GRM188R61A226ME15 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 2 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A475MEAA Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104ME84 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW1C (0.300 to 1.875 V), 2.0 A
1.0 µH 1 2.5 x 2 x 1.2
ISAT = 3.0 A for 10 % drop,
DCRMAX = 59 mΩ
DFE252012C-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X5R 0603 GRM188R61A226ME15 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 1 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A475MEAA Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104ME84 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW2 (0.400 to 3.300 V), 2.5 A
1.0 µH 1 2.5 x 2 x 1.2
ISAT = 3.0 A for 10 % drop,
DCRMAX = 59 mΩ
DFE252012C-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X5R 0603 GRM188R61A226ME15 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 1 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A475MEAA Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104ME84 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW3AB (0.400 to 3.300 V), 3.0 A
1.0 µH 1 2.5 x 2 x 1.2
ISAT = 3.4 A for 10 % drop,
DCRMAX = 49 mΩ
DFE252012R-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X5R 0603 GRM188R61A226ME15 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 2 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A475MEAA Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104ME84 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW4 (0.400 to 3.300 V), 1.0 A
1.0 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 0.9
ISAT = 2.0 A for 30 % drop,
DCRMAX = 80 mΩ
LQM2MPN1R0MGH Murata Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X5R 0603 GRM188R61A226ME15 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 2 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A475MEAA Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104ME84 Murata Input capacitance
BOOST, SWBST 5.0 V, 600 mA
2.2 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 1
ISAT = 2.4 A for 10 % drop
DFE201610E-2R2M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 2 10 V X5R 0603 GRM188R61A226ME15D Murata Output capacitance
10 µF 3 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A106ME11 Murata Input capacitance
2.2 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A225ME47 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104KE84 Murata Input capacitance
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
125 / 137
Value Qty Description Part number Manufacturer [1] Component/pin
1.0 A 1 DIODE SCH PWR RECT
1.0 A 20 V SMT
MBR120LSFT3G ON Semiconductor Schottky diode
LDO, VGEN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
4.7 µF 1 10 V X5R 0402 GRM155R61A475MEAA Murata VGEN2, 4 output
capacitors
2.2 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A225ME47 Murata VGEN1, 3, 5, 6 output
capacitors
1.0 µF 1 10 V X5R 0402 GRM033R61A105ME44 Murata VGEN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
input capacitors
Miscellaneous
1.0 µF 1 10 V X5R 0402 GRM033R61A105ME44 Murata VCORE, VCOREDIG,
VREFDDR,
VINREFDDR, VIN
capacitors
0.22 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A224ME90 Murata VCOREREF output
capacitor
0.47 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A474ME90 Murata VSNVS output
capacitor
0.1 µF 1 10 V X5R 0201 GRM033R61A104KE84 Murata VHALF, VINREFDDR,
VDDIO, LICELL
capacitors
100 kΩ 2 RES MF 100 k 1/16 W 1 %
0402
RC0402FR-07100KL Yageo America Pull-up resistors
4.7 kΩ 2 RES MF 4.70 K 1/20 W 1 %
0201
RC0201FR-074K7L Yageo America I2C pull-up resistors
[1] NXP does not assume liability, endorse, or warrant components from external manufacturers referenced in circuit drawings or tables. While NXP offers
component recommendations in this configuration, it is the customer's responsibility to validate their application.
The following table provides a complete list of the recommended components on a full-
featured system using the PF4210 device for −40 °C to 105 °C applications. Components
are provided with an example part number. Equivalent components may be used.
Table 138. Bill of materials −40 °C to 105 °C applications
Value Qty Description Part number Manufacturer [1] Component/pin
PMIC
1 Power management IC PF4210 NXP
Buck, SW1AB (0.300 to 1.875 V), 2.5 A
1.0 µH 1 2.5 x 2 x 1.2
ISAT = 3.4 A for 10 % drop
DCRMAX = 49 mΩ
DFE252012R-H-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µH 4 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 2 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW1C (0.300 to 1.875 V), 2.0 A
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
126 / 137
Value Qty Description Part number Manufacturer [1] Component/pin
1.0 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 1
ISAT = 2.9 A for 10 % drop
DFE201610E-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 1 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW1ABC (0.300 to 1.875 V), 4.5 A
1.0 µH 1 4.2 x 4.2 x 2
ISAT = 5.1 A for 10 % drop,
DCRMAX = 29 mΩ
FDSD0420-H-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 6 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 2 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW2 (0.400 to 3.300 V), 2.5 A
1.0 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 1
ISAT = 2.9 A for 10 % drop
DFE201610E-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 1 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW3AB (0.400 to 3.300 V), 3.0 A
1.0 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 1
ISAT = 2.9 A for 10 % drop
DFE201610E-1R0M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 1 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
Buck, SW4 (0.400 to 3.300 V), 1.0 A
1.0 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 1
ISAT = 2.9 A for 30 % drop
DFE201610E-1R0M Murata Output inductor
22 µF 3 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
4.7 µF 1 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
BOOST, SWBST 5.0 V, 600 mA
2.2 µH 1 2 x 1.6 x 1
ISAT = 2.4 A for 10 % drop
DFE201610E-2R2M TOKO INC. Output inductor
22 µF 2 10 V X7T 0805 GRM21BD71A226ME44 Murata Output capacitance
10 µF 3 10 V X7T 0603 GRM188D71A106MA73 Murata Input capacitance
2.2 µF 1 10 V X7S 0402 GRM155C71A225KE11 Murata Input capacitance
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata Input capacitance
1.0 A 1 DIODE SCH PWR RECT
1.0 A 20 V SMT
MBR120LSFT3G ON Semiconductor Schottky diode
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
127 / 137
Value Qty Description Part number Manufacturer [1] Component/pin
LDO, VGEN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
4.7 µF 1 10 V X7S 0603 GRM188C71A475KE11 Murata VGEN2, 4 output
capacitors
2.2 µF 1 10 V X7S 0402 GRM155C71A225KE11 Murata VGEN1, 3, 5, 6 output
capacitors
1.0 µF 1 10 V X7S 0402 GRM155C71A105KE11 Murata VGEN1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
input capacitors
Miscellaneous
1.0 µF 1 10 V X7S 0402 GRM155C71A105KE11 Murata VCORE, VCOREDIG,
VREFDDR,
VINREFDDR, VIN
capacitors
0.22 µF 1 10 V X7R 0402 GRM155R71A224KE01 Murata VCOREREF output
capacitor
0.47 µF 1 10 V X7R 0402 GRM155R71A474KE01 Murata VSNVS output
capacitor
0.1 µF 1 10 V X7S 0201 GRM033C71A104KE14 Murata VHALF,
VINREFDDR,VDDIO,
LICELL capacitors
100 kΩ 2 RES MF 100 k 1/16 W 1 %
0402
RC0402FR-07100KL Yageo America Pull-up resistors
4.7 kΩ 2 RES MF 4.70 K 1/20 W 1 %
0201
RC0201FR-074K7L Yageo America I2C pull-up resistors
[1] NXP does not assume liability, endorse, or warrant components from external manufacturers referenced in circuit drawings or tables. While NXP offers
component recommendations in this configuration, it is the customer's responsibility to validate their application.
12 PF4210 layout guidelines
12.1 General board recommendations
It is recommended to use an eight-layer board stack-up arranged as follows:
High current signal
GND
Signal
Power
Power
Signal
GND
High current signal
Allocate top and bottom PCB layers for power routing (high current signals), copper-
pour the unused area.
Use internal layers sandwiched between two GND planes for the signal routing.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
128 / 137
12.2 Component placement
It is desirable to keep all components related to the power stage as close to the PMIC as
possible, especially decoupling input and output capacitors.
12.3 General routing requirements
Some recommended things to keep in mind for manufacturability:
Via in pads require a 4.5 mil minimum annular ring. Each pad must be 9.0 mils larger
than its hole
Maximum copper thickness for lines less than 5.0 mils wide is 0.6 oz copper
Minimum allowed spacing between line and hole pad is 3.5 mils
Minimum allowed spacing between line and line is 3.0 mils
Care must be taken with SWxFB pins traces. These signals are susceptible to noise
and must be routed far away from power, clock, or high-power signals, like the ones on
the SWxIN, SWx, SWxLX, SWBSTIN, SWBST, and SWBSTLX pins. They could also
be shielded.
Shield feedback traces of the regulators and keep them as short as possible (trace
them on the bottom so the ground and power planes shield these traces).
Avoid coupling traces between important signal/low-noise supplies (like REFCORE,
VCORE, VCOREDIG) from any switching node (for example, SW1ALX, SW1BLX,
SW1CLX, SW2LX, SW3ALX, SW3BLX, SW4LX, and SWBSTLX).
Make sure that all components related to a specific block are referenced to the
corresponding ground.
12.4 Parallel routing requirements
I2C signal routing
CLK is the fastest signal of the system, therefore it must be given special care.
To avoid contamination of these delicate signals by nearby high-power or high-
frequency signals, it is a good practice to shield them with ground planes placed on
adjacent layers. Make sure the ground plane is uniform throughout the entire signal
trace length.
DO
DON'T
Signal
Signal
Ground plane
Ground planes
aaa-023891
These signals can be placed on an outer layer of the board to reduce their
capacitance with respect to the ground plane.
Care must be taken with these signals not to contaminate analog signals, as they are
high-frequency signals. Another good practice is to trace them perpendicularly on
different layers, so there is a minimum area of proximity between signals.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
129 / 137
12.5 Switching regulator layout recommendations
Per design, the switching regulators in PF4210 are designed to operate with only one
input bulk capacitor. However, it is recommended to add a high-frequency filter input
capacitor (CIN_HF), to filter out any noise at the regulator input. This capacitor should be
in the range of 100 nF and should be placed right next to or under the IC, close to the
IC pins.
Make high-current ripple traces low-inductance (short, high W/L ratio).
Make high-current traces wide or copper islands.
Make high-current traces symmetrical for dualphase regulators (SW1, SW3).
COUT
CIN_HF CIN
VIN
SWxIN
L
SWxLX
SWxFB
COMPENSATION
DRIVER
CONTROLLER
aaa-023892
Figure 34. Generic buck regulator architecture
SWxFB
SWxLX
SWxIN
Route FB trace on any layer away from noisy nodes
VIN
CIN
COUT
CIN_HF VOUT
Inductor
GND
aaa-023893
Figure 35. Layout example for buck regulators
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
130 / 137
12.6 Thermal information
12.6.1 Rating data
The thermal rating data of the packages has been simulated with the results listed in
Table 4.
Junction to Ambient Thermal Resistance Nomenclature: the JEDEC specification
reserves the symbol RθJA or θJA (Theta-JA) strictly for junction-to-ambient thermal
resistance on a 1s test board in natural convection environment. RθJMA or θJMA (Theta-
JMA) is used for both junction-to-ambient on a 2s2p test board in natural convection
and for junction-to-ambient with forced convection on both 1s and 2s2p test boards. It is
anticipated that the generic name, Theta-JA, continues to be commonly used.
The JEDEC standards can be consulted at http://www.jedec.org/.
12.6.2 Estimation of junction temperature
An estimation of the chip junction temperature TJ can be obtained from the equation:
TJ = TA + (RθJA x PD) with
TA = Ambient temperature for the package in °C
RθJA = Junction to ambient thermal resistance in °C/W
PD = Power dissipation in the package in W
The junction-to-ambient thermal resistance is an industry standard value that provides a
quick and easy estimation of thermal performance. Unfortunately, there are two values in
common usage:
The value determined on a single layer board RθJA
The value obtained on a four layer board RθJMA
Actual application PCBs show a performance close to the simulated four layer board
value. This performance may be somewhat degraded in case of significant power
dissipated by other components placed close to the device.
At a known board temperature, the junction temperature TJ is estimated using the
following equation TJ = TB + (RθJB x PD) with
TB = Board temperature at the package perimeter in °C
RθJB = Junction to board thermal resistance in °C/W
PD = Power dissipation in the package in W
When the heat loss from the package case to the air can be ignored, acceptable
predictions of junction temperature can be made. See Section 10 "Functional block
requirements and behaviors" for more details on thermal management.
13 Packaging
Table 139. Package drawing information
Package Suffix Package outline drawing number
56 QFN 8x8 mm - 0.5 mm pitch.
WF-type (wettable flank)
ES 98ASA00589D
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
131 / 137
13.1 Packaging dimensions
Package dimensions are provided in package drawings. To find the most current
package outline drawing, go to www.nxp.com and perform a keyword search for the
drawing’s document number. See Section 8.2 "Thermal characteristics" for specific
thermal characteristics for each package.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
132 / 137
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
133 / 137
Figure 36. Package dimensions
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
134 / 137
14 Revision history
Table 140. Revision history
Document ID Release date Data sheet status Change notice Supersedes
PF4210 v2.0 20181114 Technical data PF4210 v1.0
Modifications Added MC32PF4210A4ES and MC34PF4210A4ES part numbers to Table 1
Added sequencing information for A4 to Table 8
Corrected typo in Table 8 for PU CONFIG, SWDVS_CLK (changed ms to μs)
PF4210 v1.0 20180214 Technical data
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
135 / 137
15 Legal information
15.1 Data sheet status
Document status[1][2] Product status[3] Definition
[short] Data sheet: product preview Development This document contains certain information on a product under development.
NXP reserves the right to change or discontinue this product without notice.
[short] Data sheet: advance information Qualification This document contains information on a new product. Specifications and
information herein are subject to change without notice.
[short] Data sheet: technical data Production This document contains the product specification. NXP Semiconductors
reserves the right to change the detail specifications as may be required to
permit improvements in the design of its products.
[1] Please consult the most recently issued document before initiating or completing a design.
[2] The term 'short data sheet' is explained in section "Definitions".
[3] The product status of device(s) described in this document may have changed since this document was published and may differ in case of multiple
devices. The latest product status information is available on the Internet at URL http://www.nxp.com.
15.2 Definitions
Draft — The document is a draft version only. The content is still under
internal review and subject to formal approval, which may result in
modifications or additions. NXP Semiconductors does not give any
representations or warranties as to the accuracy or completeness of
information included herein and shall have no liability for the consequences
of use of such information.
Short data sheet — A short data sheet is an extract from a full data sheet
with the same product type number(s) and title. A short data sheet is
intended for quick reference only and should not be relied upon to contain
detailed and full information. For detailed and full information see the
relevant full data sheet, which is available on request via the local NXP
Semiconductors sales office. In case of any inconsistency or conflict with the
short data sheet, the full data sheet shall prevail.
Product specification — The information and data provided in a
technical data data sheet shall define the specification of the product as
agreed between NXP Semiconductors and its customer, unless NXP
Semiconductors and customer have explicitly agreed otherwise in writing.
In no event however, shall an agreement be valid in which the NXP
Semiconductors product is deemed to offer functions and qualities beyond
those described in the technical data data sheet.
15.3 Disclaimers
Limited warranty and liability — Information in this document is believed
to be accurate and reliable. However, NXP Semiconductors does not
give any representations or warranties, expressed or implied, as to the
accuracy or completeness of such information and shall have no liability
for the consequences of use of such information. NXP Semiconductors
takes no responsibility for the content in this document if provided by an
information source outside of NXP Semiconductors. In no event shall NXP
Semiconductors be liable for any indirect, incidental, punitive, special or
consequential damages (including - without limitation - lost profits, lost
savings, business interruption, costs related to the removal or replacement
of any products or rework charges) whether or not such damages are based
on tort (including negligence), warranty, breach of contract or any other
legal theory. Notwithstanding any damages that customer might incur for
any reason whatsoever, NXP Semiconductors’ aggregate and cumulative
liability towards customer for the products described herein shall be limited
in accordance with the Terms and conditions of commercial sale of NXP
Semiconductors.
Right to make changes — NXP Semiconductors reserves the right to
make changes to information published in this document, including without
limitation specifications and product descriptions, at any time and without
notice. This document supersedes and replaces all information supplied prior
to the publication hereof.
Suitability for use — NXP Semiconductors products are not designed,
authorized or warranted to be suitable for use in life support, life-critical or
safety-critical systems or equipment, nor in applications where failure or
malfunction of an NXP Semiconductors product can reasonably be expected
to result in personal injury, death or severe property or environmental
damage. NXP Semiconductors and its suppliers accept no liability for
inclusion and/or use of NXP Semiconductors products in such equipment or
applications and therefore such inclusion and/or use is at the customer’s own
risk.
Applications — Applications that are described herein for any of these
products are for illustrative purposes only. NXP Semiconductors makes
no representation or warranty that such applications will be suitable
for the specified use without further testing or modification. Customers
are responsible for the design and operation of their applications and
products using NXP Semiconductors products, and NXP Semiconductors
accepts no liability for any assistance with applications or customer product
design. It is customer’s sole responsibility to determine whether the NXP
Semiconductors product is suitable and fit for the customer’s applications
and products planned, as well as for the planned application and use of
customer’s third party customer(s). Customers should provide appropriate
design and operating safeguards to minimize the risks associated with
their applications and products. NXP Semiconductors does not accept any
liability related to any default, damage, costs or problem which is based
on any weakness or default in the customer’s applications or products, or
the application or use by customer’s third party customer(s). Customer is
responsible for doing all necessary testing for the customer’s applications
and products using NXP Semiconductors products in order to avoid a
default of the applications and the products or of the application or use by
customer’s third party customer(s). NXP does not accept any liability in this
respect.
Limiting values — Stress above one or more limiting values (as defined in
the Absolute Maximum Ratings System of IEC 60134) will cause permanent
damage to the device. Limiting values are stress ratings only and (proper)
operation of the device at these or any other conditions above those
given in the Recommended operating conditions section (if present) or the
Characteristics sections of this document is not warranted. Constant or
repeated exposure to limiting values will permanently and irreversibly affect
the quality and reliability of the device.
Terms and conditions of commercial sale — NXP Semiconductors
products are sold subject to the general terms and conditions of commercial
sale, as published at http://www.nxp.com/profile/terms, unless otherwise
agreed in a valid written individual agreement. In case an individual
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
PF4210 All information provided in this document is subject to legal disclaimers. © NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
Data sheet: technical data Rev. 2.0 — 14 November 2018
136 / 137
agreement is concluded only the terms and conditions of the respective
agreement shall apply. NXP Semiconductors hereby expressly objects to
applying the customer’s general terms and conditions with regard to the
purchase of NXP Semiconductors products by customer.
No offer to sell or license — Nothing in this document may be interpreted
or construed as an offer to sell products that is open for acceptance or
the grant, conveyance or implication of any license under any copyrights,
patents or other industrial or intellectual property rights.
Export control — This document as well as the item(s) described herein
may be subject to export control regulations. Export might require a prior
authorization from competent authorities.
Non-automotive qualified products — Unless this data sheet expressly
states that this specific NXP Semiconductors product is automotive qualified,
the product is not suitable for automotive use. It is neither qualified nor
tested in accordance with automotive testing or application requirements.
NXP Semiconductors accepts no liability for inclusion and/or use of non-
automotive qualified products in automotive equipment or applications. In
the event that customer uses the product for design-in and use in automotive
applications to automotive specifications and standards, customer (a) shall
use the product without NXP Semiconductors’ warranty of the product for
such automotive applications, use and specifications, and (b) whenever
customer uses the product for automotive applications beyond NXP
Semiconductors’ specifications such use shall be solely at customer’s own
risk, and (c) customer fully indemnifies NXP Semiconductors for any liability,
damages or failed product claims resulting from customer design and use
of the product for automotive applications beyond NXP Semiconductors’
standard warranty and NXP Semiconductors’ product specifications.
Translations — A non-English (translated) version of a document is for
reference only. The English version shall prevail in case of any discrepancy
between the translated and English versions.
15.4 Trademarks
Notice: All referenced brands, product names, service names and
trademarks are the property of their respective owners.
NXP — is a trademark of NXP B.V.
NXP Semiconductors PF4210
14-channel power management integrated circuit (PMIC) for audio/video applications
Please be aware that important notices concerning this document and the product(s)
described herein, have been included in section 'Legal information'.
© NXP B.V. 2018. All rights reserved.
For more information, please visit: http://www.nxp.com
For sales office addresses, please send an email to: salesaddresses@nxp.com
Date of release: 14 November 2018
Document identifier: PF4210
Contents
1 General description ............................................ 1
2 Features and benefits .........................................1
3 Simplified application diagram .......................... 2
4 Applications .........................................................3
5 Orderable parts ................................................... 3
6 Internal block diagram ........................................4
7 Pinning information ............................................ 5
7.1 Pinning ...............................................................5
7.2 Pin definitions .................................................... 5
8 General product characteristics ........................ 8
8.1 Absolute maximum ratings ................................ 8
8.2 Thermal characteristics ......................................8
8.3 Power dissipation .............................................. 9
8.4 Electrical characteristics .................................. 10
8.4.1 General specifications ..................................... 10
8.4.2 Current consumption ....................................... 11
9 Detailed description ..........................................11
9.1 Features ...........................................................11
9.2 Functional block diagram .................................13
9.3 Functional description ......................................13
9.3.1 Power generation ............................................ 13
9.3.2 Control logic .....................................................14
9.3.2.1 Interface signals .............................................. 14
10 Functional block requirements and
behaviors ........................................................... 15
10.1 Startup ............................................................. 15
10.1.1 Device startup configuration ............................ 15
10.1.2 One time programmability (OTP) .....................18
10.1.2.1 Startup sequence and timing ...........................18
10.1.2.2 PWRON pin configuration ............................... 19
10.1.2.3 I2C address configuration ................................19
10.1.2.4 Soft start ramp rate ......................................... 20
10.1.3 OTP prototyping .............................................. 20
10.1.4 Reading OTP fuses ......................................... 21
10.1.5 Programming OTP fuses ................................. 21
10.2 16 MHz and 32 kHz clocks ..............................21
10.2.1 Clock adjustment ............................................. 22
10.3 Bias and references block description ............. 22
10.3.1 Internal core voltage references ...................... 22
10.3.1.1 External components .......................................23
10.3.2 VREFDDR voltage reference ...........................23
10.3.2.1 VREFDDR control register .............................. 23
10.4 Power generation ............................................ 25
10.4.1 Modes of operation ..........................................25
10.4.1.1 On mode ..........................................................26
10.4.1.2 Off mode ..........................................................26
10.4.1.3 Standby mode ................................................. 26
10.4.1.4 Sleep mode ..................................................... 27
10.4.1.5 Coin cell mode .................................................28
10.4.2 State machine flow summary .......................... 28
10.4.2.1 Turn on events ................................................ 29
10.4.2.2 Turn off events ................................................ 30
10.4.3 Power tree ....................................................... 30
10.4.4 Buck regulators ................................................32
10.4.4.1 Current limit ..................................................... 33
10.4.4.2 General control ................................................ 33
10.4.4.3 SW1A/B/C ........................................................38
10.4.4.4 SW2 ................................................................. 53
10.4.4.5 SW3A/B ........................................................... 61
10.4.4.6 SW4 ................................................................. 74
10.4.5 Boost regulator ................................................ 82
10.4.5.1 SWBST setup and control ............................... 82
10.4.5.2 SWBST external components ..........................83
10.4.5.3 SWBST specifications ..................................... 83
10.4.6 LDO regulators description ..............................84
10.4.6.1 Transient response waveforms ........................85
10.4.6.2 Short-circuit protection .....................................85
10.4.6.3 LDO regulator control ...................................... 86
10.4.6.4 External components .......................................89
10.4.6.5 LDO specifications ...........................................90
10.4.6.6 VSNVS LDO/switch ....................................... 100
10.4.6.7 Coin cell battery backup ................................ 104
10.5 Control interface I2C block description .......... 105
10.5.1 I2C device ID .................................................105
10.5.2 I2C operation ................................................. 105
10.5.3 Interrupt handling ...........................................106
10.5.4 Interrupt bit summary .....................................106
10.6 Specific registers ........................................... 112
10.6.1 IC and version identification .......................... 112
10.6.2 Embedded memory ....................................... 113
10.7 Register bitmap ............................................. 113
10.7.1 Register map ................................................. 114
11 Typical applications ........................................122
11.1 Introduction .................................................... 122
11.1.1 Application diagram ....................................... 123
11.1.2 Bill of materials .............................................. 123
12 PF4210 layout guidelines ............................... 127
12.1 General board recommendations .................. 127
12.2 Component placement ...................................128
12.3 General routing requirements ........................ 128
12.4 Parallel routing requirements .........................128
12.5 Switching regulator layout recommendations . 129
12.6 Thermal information .......................................130
12.6.1 Rating data .................................................... 130
12.6.2 Estimation of junction temperature ................ 130
13 Packaging ........................................................ 130
13.1 Packaging dimensions ...................................131
14 Revision history .............................................. 134
15 Legal information ............................................ 135